US20090149341A1 - Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions - Google Patents
Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20090149341A1 US20090149341A1 US12/265,697 US26569708A US2009149341A1 US 20090149341 A1 US20090149341 A1 US 20090149341A1 US 26569708 A US26569708 A US 26569708A US 2009149341 A1 US2009149341 A1 US 2009149341A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- particles
- array
- analyte
- microspheres
- substrate
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 94
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 title claims description 12
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 123
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 claims description 85
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 81
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 81
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 claims description 55
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 53
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 51
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 46
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 46
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 8
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 claims 2
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 abstract description 197
- 239000012867 bioactive agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 94
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 82
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 abstract description 60
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 abstract description 4
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 156
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 86
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 80
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 78
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 61
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 48
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 47
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 45
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 36
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 34
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 32
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 29
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 28
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 28
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 19
- -1 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 18
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 13
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000012175 pyrosequencing Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000557 Nafion® Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 5
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 4
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 4
- VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadaverine Chemical compound NCCCCCN VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- IMZBXSAKACGTPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxo-6'-phosphonooxyspiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-3'-yl) dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=C1OC1=CC(OP(O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 IMZBXSAKACGTPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 3
- FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cation Chemical compound [Na+] FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000005936 beta-Galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000005253 cladding Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 3
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Divinylbenzene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OBJOZRVSMLPASY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-hydroxypyrene-1,3,6-trisulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=C2C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C2=C1 OBJOZRVSMLPASY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101710095468 Cyclase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N Guanosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004388 Interleukin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091092878 Microsatellite Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004523 Sulfate Adenylyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010022348 Sulfate adenylyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006397 acrylic thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine group Chemical group [C@@H]1([C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)N1C=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC12 OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007621 cluster analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J diphosphate(4-) Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- 235000011180 diphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000021463 dry cake Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003344 environmental pollutant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002189 fluorescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- YFHXZQPUBCBNIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fura-2 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)C(OCCOC=2C(=CC=3OC(=CC=3C=2)C=2OC(=CN=2)C(O)=O)N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)=C1 YFHXZQPUBCBNIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003205 genotyping method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- PNDZEEPOYCVIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N indo-1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)C(OCCOC=2C(=CC=C(C=2)C=2N=C3[CH]C(=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)=C1 PNDZEEPOYCVIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 2
- DRAVOWXCEBXPTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoguanine Chemical compound NC1=NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 DRAVOWXCEBXPTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000504 luminescence detection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012459 muffins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000012634 optical imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000575 pesticide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C=C ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UANMYOBKUNUUTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M (2z)-1,3,3-trimethyl-2-[(2e)-5-(1,3,3-trimethylindol-1-ium-2-yl)penta-2,4-dienylidene]indole;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CC1(C)C2=CC=CC=C2N(C)C1=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](C)C2=CC=CC=C2C1(C)C UANMYOBKUNUUTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QBPPRVHXOZRESW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane Chemical class C1CNCCNCCNCCN1 QBPPRVHXOZRESW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGTJXHYDKUXJRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-methoxyethenyl)pyrene Chemical compound C1=C2C(C=COC)=CC=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=CC=CC2=C1 SGTJXHYDKUXJRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VEUMANXWQDHAJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[(2-hydroxyphenyl)methylideneamino]ethyliminomethyl]phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C=NCCN=CC1=CC=CC=C1O VEUMANXWQDHAJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDDJAJCJQXFQCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]-3-(carboxymethoxy)phenyl]-1h-indole-6-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=C(N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)C(OCC(=O)O)=CC(C=2NC3=CC(=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)=C1 PDDJAJCJQXFQCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDURUKZNVHEHGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[6-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]-5-(carboxymethoxy)-1-benzofuran-2-yl]-1,3-oxazole-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C=2C=C(N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)C(OCC(=O)O)=CC=2C=C1C1=NC=C(C(O)=O)O1 PDURUKZNVHEHGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XQCZBXHVTFVIFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4-hydroxypyrimidine Chemical compound NC1=NC=CC(O)=N1 XQCZBXHVTFVIFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCGYMSSYSAKGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-nitro-1h-indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC2=C1 HCGYMSSYSAKGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTBBGQKRYUTLMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-nitro-1h-pyrrole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=CN1 FTBBGQKRYUTLMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCHZICNRHXRCHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-oxazine Chemical compound N1OC=CC=C1 BCHZICNRHXRCHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRBJSXQPQWSCCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine Chemical compound C1=C(N)C(OC)=CC(C=2C=C(OC)C(N)=CC=2)=C1 JRBJSXQPQWSCCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOQMJMHTHWYNIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[6-[16-[2-(2,4-dicarboxyphenyl)-5-methoxy-1-benzofuran-6-yl]-1,4,10,13-tetraoxa-7,16-diazacyclooctadec-7-yl]-5-methoxy-1-benzofuran-2-yl]benzene-1,3-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound COC1=CC=2C=C(C=3C(=CC(=CC=3)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)OC=2C=C1N(CCOCCOCC1)CCOCCOCCN1C(C(=CC=1C=2)OC)=CC=1OC=2C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1C(O)=O YOQMJMHTHWYNIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDFHBQSCUXNBSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(5-carboxythiophen-2-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C(C(=O)O)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)S1 DDFHBQSCUXNBSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000012440 Acetylcholinesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022752 Acetylcholinesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004881 Amebiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010001980 Amoebiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010060159 Apolipoprotein E4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007347 Apyrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007730 Apyrase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000002909 Aspergillosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036641 Aspergillus infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000036365 BRCA1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020463 BRCA1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150072950 BRCA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100268670 Caenorhabditis elegans acc-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100000858 Caenorhabditis elegans act-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589876 Campylobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010007134 Candida infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010008631 Cholera Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N Crotonoside Natural products C1=NC2=C(N)NC(=O)N=C2N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000007336 Cryptococcosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-guanosine Natural products C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- OZLGRUXZXMRXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluo-3 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)C(OCCOC=2C(=CC=C(C=2)C2=C3C=C(Cl)C(=O)C=C3OC3=CC(O)=C(Cl)C=C32)N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)=C1 OZLGRUXZXMRXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010056740 Genital discharge Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000599940 Homo sapiens Interferon gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000144 Human Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003839 Human Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010020460 Human T-cell lymphotropic virus type I infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000714260 Human T-lymphotropic virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714259 Human T-lymphotropic virus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102100037850 Interferon gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710175886 Interferon gamma 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-citrulline Chemical compound NC(=O)NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTTHKOPSMAVJFE-VIFPVBQESA-N L-homophenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 JTTHKOPSMAVJFE-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007764 Legionnaires' Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000222722 Leishmania <genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010024229 Leprosy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004882 Lipase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001060 Lipase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004367 Lipase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000016604 Lyme disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 201000008235 Mycoplasma pneumoniae pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YGSVGJYZQUHXNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=C(C2=CC=CC=C2C=C1)N.N(=O)O Chemical compound NC1=C(C2=CC=CC=C2C=C1)N.N(=O)O YGSVGJYZQUHXNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXQIUDNVFVTQLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthofluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C(C=CC=1C3=CC=C(O)C=1)=C3OC1=C2C=CC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 IXQIUDNVFVTQLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ndelta-carbamoyl-DL-ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000048850 Neoplasm Genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700019961 Neoplasm Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010087702 Penicillinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010035718 Pneumonia legionella Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035724 Pneumonia mycoplasmal Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001069 Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000606651 Rickettsiales Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010039207 Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000019802 Sexually transmitted disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N Stilbene Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005485 Toxoplasmosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004357 Transferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000992 Transferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 1
- APERIXFHHNDFQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-[2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]-5-methylphenoxy]ethoxy]-4-[3,6-bis(dimethylamino)xanthen-9-ylidene]cyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-ylidene]-bis(carboxymethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C12=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C2OC2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C1=C(C=1)C=CC(=[N+](CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)C=1OCCOC1=CC(C)=CC=C1N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O APERIXFHHNDFQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011481 absorbance measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004847 absorption spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylcholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004373 acetylcholine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940022698 acetylcholinesterase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- PPQRONHOSHZGFQ-LMVFSUKVSA-N aldehydo-D-ribose 5-phosphate Chemical group OP(=O)(O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PPQRONHOSHZGFQ-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LDDQLRUQCUTJBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium fluoride Chemical compound [NH4+].[F-] LDDQLRUQCUTJBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013405 beer Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DEGAKNSWVGKMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)=C(O)C=C1OC1=C2C=C(CN(CC(O)=O)CC(=O)O)C(O)=C1 DEGAKNSWVGKMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003984 candidiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000001793 charged compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013477 citrulline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002173 citrulline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ctk1a3526 Chemical compound NP(N)(N)=O DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001945 cysteines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dATP Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1CC(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J dCTP(4-) Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J 0.000 description 1
- HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N dGTP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N dTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;(2',7'-dibromo-3',6'-dioxido-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-4'-yl)mercury;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Na+].O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(Br)=C([O-])C([Hg])=C1OC1=C2C=C(Br)C([O-])=C1 BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000249 enterotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002242 enterotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125532 enzyme inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000006966 enzyme regulator activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108040000578 enzyme regulator activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTOSNONTQZJEBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N erythrosin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(C1C(C(=C(O)C(I)=C1)I)O1)=C2C1=C(I)C(=O)C(I)=C2 WTOSNONTQZJEBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DSLLHVISNOIYHR-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethyl 2-(6-methoxyquinolin-1-ium-1-yl)acetate;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].COC1=CC=C2[N+](CC(=O)OCC)=CC=CC2=C1 DSLLHVISNOIYHR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical group O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940029575 guanosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004009 herbicide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000014304 histidine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002411 histidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003054 hormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M indocyanine green Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCCN1C2=CC=C3C=CC=CC3=C2C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](CCCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C2C1(C)C MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002917 insecticide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002687 intercalation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940028885 interleukin-4 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100601 interleukin-6 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052745 lead Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011133 lead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019421 lipase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- DLBFLQKQABVKGT-UHFFFAOYSA-L lucifer yellow dye Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(C(N(C(=O)NN)C2=O)=O)=C3C2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC3=C1N DLBFLQKQABVKGT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000002796 luminescence method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007403 mPCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- NGCVJRFIBJVSFI-UHFFFAOYSA-I magnesium green Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].C1=C(N(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O)C(OCC(=O)[O-])=CC(NC(=O)C=2C=C3C(C4(C5=CC(Cl)=C([O-])C=C5OC5=CC([O-])=C(Cl)C=C54)OC3=O)=CC=2)=C1 NGCVJRFIBJVSFI-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000006240 membrane receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- CLQSKAVTPLZPDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethylethanamine;3-[(2z)-2-[(2e)-2-[(3e)-3-[(2z)-2-[1,1-dimethyl-3-(3-sulfopropyl)benzo[e]indol-2-ylidene]ethylidene]-2-(4-ethoxycarbonylpiperazin-1-ium-1-ylidene)cyclopentylidene]ethylidene]-1,1-dimethylbenzo[e]indol-3-yl]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC.C1CN(C(=O)OCC)CC[N+]1=C(\C(CC\1)=C\C=C\2C(C3=C4C=CC=CC4=CC=C3N/2CCCS(O)(=O)=O)(C)C)C/1=C\C=C/1C(C)(C)C2=C3C=CC=CC3=CC=C2N\1CCCS([O-])(=O)=O CLQSKAVTPLZPDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVLDECUUBLLYRG-UHFFFAOYSA-M n-[(5e)-2-[2-(5-chloro-3-ethyl-1,3-benzothiazol-3-ium-2-yl)ethenyl]-5-[(2z)-2-(5-chloro-3-ethyl-1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylidene)ethylidene]cyclopenten-1-yl]-n-phenylaniline;perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O.S1C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2N(CC)C1=CC=C1CCC(C=CC2=[N+](C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3S2)CC)=C1N(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 UVLDECUUBLLYRG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012454 non-polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001331 nose Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007826 nucleic acid assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002378 oftasceine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002966 oligonucleotide array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001139 pH measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002907 paramagnetic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950009506 penicillinase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001748 polybutylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009597 pregnancy test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013930 proline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003148 prolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003290 ribose derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012488 sample solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000004400 serine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003355 serines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003376 silicon Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZSOMPVKQDGLTOT-UHFFFAOYSA-J sodium green Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)C.C[N+](C)(C)C.C[N+](C)(C)C.C[N+](C)(C)C.COC=1C=C(NC(=O)C=2C=C(C(=CC=2)C2=C3C=C(Cl)C(=O)C=C3OC3=CC([O-])=C(Cl)C=C32)C([O-])=O)C(OC)=CC=1N(CCOCC1)CCOCCOCCN1C(C(=C1)OC)=CC(OC)=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=C(C2=C3C=C(Cl)C(=O)C=C3OC3=CC([O-])=C(Cl)C=C32)C(C([O-])=O)=C1 ZSOMPVKQDGLTOT-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- UGJCNRLBGKEGEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium-binding benzofuran isophthalate Chemical compound COC1=CC=2C=C(C=3C(=CC(=CC=3)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)OC=2C=C1N(CCOCC1)CCOCCOCCN1C(C(=CC=1C=2)OC)=CC=1OC=2C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1C(O)=O UGJCNRLBGKEGEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010972 statistical evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021286 stilbenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000004416 surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008399 tap water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020679 tap water Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N terbium atom Chemical compound [Tb] GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGTODYJZXSJIAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O WGTODYJZXSJIAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- ZCUFMDLYAMJYST-UHFFFAOYSA-N thorium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Th]=O ZCUFMDLYAMJYST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000008521 threonine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003588 threonines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000002374 tyrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003668 tyrosines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021642 ultra pure water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012498 ultrapure water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/10—Investigating individual particles
- G01N15/14—Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
- G01N15/1456—Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry without spatial resolution of the texture or inner structure of the particle, e.g. processing of pulse signals
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J19/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J19/0046—Sequential or parallel reactions, e.g. for the synthesis of polypeptides or polynucleotides; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making molecular arrays
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B82—NANOTECHNOLOGY
- B82Y—SPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
- B82Y30/00—Nanotechnology for materials or surface science, e.g. nanocomposites
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
- C12Q1/6834—Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase
- C12Q1/6837—Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase using probe arrays or probe chips
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/6428—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/645—Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
- G01N21/6452—Individual samples arranged in a regular 2D-array, e.g. multiwell plates
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/645—Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
- G01N21/6456—Spatial resolved fluorescence measurements; Imaging
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/75—Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated
- G01N21/77—Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated by observing the effect on a chemical indicator
- G01N21/7703—Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated by observing the effect on a chemical indicator using reagent-clad optical fibres or optical waveguides
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/75—Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated
- G01N21/77—Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated by observing the effect on a chemical indicator
- G01N21/78—Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated by observing the effect on a chemical indicator producing a change of colour
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/54313—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being characterised by its particulate form
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00277—Apparatus
- B01J2219/00279—Features relating to reactor vessels
- B01J2219/00306—Reactor vessels in a multiple arrangement
- B01J2219/00313—Reactor vessels in a multiple arrangement the reactor vessels being formed by arrays of wells in blocks
- B01J2219/00315—Microtiter plates
- B01J2219/00317—Microwell devices, i.e. having large numbers of wells
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00277—Apparatus
- B01J2219/00457—Dispensing or evacuation of the solid phase support
- B01J2219/00459—Beads
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00277—Apparatus
- B01J2219/00457—Dispensing or evacuation of the solid phase support
- B01J2219/00459—Beads
- B01J2219/00466—Beads in a slurry
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00277—Apparatus
- B01J2219/00497—Features relating to the solid phase supports
- B01J2219/005—Beads
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00277—Apparatus
- B01J2219/00497—Features relating to the solid phase supports
- B01J2219/00513—Essentially linear supports
- B01J2219/00524—Essentially linear supports in the shape of fiber bundles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00585—Parallel processes
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00596—Solid-phase processes
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/0061—The surface being organic
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00612—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports the surface being inorganic
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00614—Delimitation of the attachment areas
- B01J2219/00621—Delimitation of the attachment areas by physical means, e.g. trenches, raised areas
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00623—Immobilisation or binding
- B01J2219/00626—Covalent
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00632—Introduction of reactive groups to the surface
- B01J2219/00637—Introduction of reactive groups to the surface by coating it with another layer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00646—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being bound to beads immobilised on the solid supports
- B01J2219/00648—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being bound to beads immobilised on the solid supports by the use of solid beads
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00659—Two-dimensional arrays
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00677—Ex-situ synthesis followed by deposition on the substrate
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/0068—Means for controlling the apparatus of the process
- B01J2219/00702—Processes involving means for analysing and characterising the products
- B01J2219/00704—Processes involving means for analysing and characterising the products integrated with the reactor apparatus
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00718—Type of compounds synthesised
- B01J2219/0072—Organic compounds
- B01J2219/00722—Nucleotides
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00718—Type of compounds synthesised
- B01J2219/0072—Organic compounds
- B01J2219/00725—Peptides
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00718—Type of compounds synthesised
- B01J2219/0072—Organic compounds
- B01J2219/0074—Biological products
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B40/00—Libraries per se, e.g. arrays, mixtures
- C40B40/04—Libraries containing only organic compounds
- C40B40/06—Libraries containing nucleotides or polynucleotides, or derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B40/00—Libraries per se, e.g. arrays, mixtures
- C40B40/04—Libraries containing only organic compounds
- C40B40/10—Libraries containing peptides or polypeptides, or derivatives thereof
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/10—Investigating individual particles
- G01N15/14—Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
- G01N15/1434—Optical arrangements
- G01N2015/1438—Using two lasers in succession
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/6428—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
- G01N2021/6439—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes" with indicators, stains, dyes, tags, labels, marks
- G01N2021/6441—Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes" with indicators, stains, dyes, tags, labels, marks with two or more labels
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/62—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
- G01N21/63—Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
- G01N21/64—Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
- G01N21/645—Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters
- G01N2021/6484—Optical fibres
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N35/00—Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor
- G01N35/00584—Control arrangements for automatic analysers
- G01N2035/0097—Control arrangements for automatic analysers monitoring reactions as a function of time
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2201/00—Features of devices classified in G01N21/00
- G01N2201/08—Optical fibres; light guides
- G01N2201/0826—Fibre array at source, distributing
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
- Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S435/00—Chemistry: molecular biology and microbiology
- Y10S435/808—Optical sensing apparatus
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S436/00—Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
- Y10S436/805—Optical property
Definitions
- optical fibers and optical fiber strands in combination with light absorbing dyes for chemical analytical determinations has undergone rapid development, particularly within the last decade.
- the use of optical fibers for such purposes and techniques is described by Milanovich et al., “Novel Optical Fiber Techniques For Medical Application”, Proceedings of the SPIE 28th Annual International Technical Symposium On Optics and Electro-Optics, Volume 494, 1980; Seitz, W. R., “Chemical Sensors Based On Immobilized Indicators and Fiber Optics” in C.R.C. Critical Reviews In Analytical Chemistry , Vol. 19,1988, pp. 135-173; Wolfbeis, O.
- one or more light absorbing dyes are located near its distal end.
- light from an appropriate source is used to illuminate the dyes through the fiber's proximal end.
- the light propagates along the length of the optical fiber; and a portion of this propagated light exits the distal end and is absorbed by the dyes.
- the light absorbing dye may or may not be immobilized; may or may not be directly attached to the optical fiber itself; may or may not be suspended in a fluid sample containing one or more analytes of interest; and may or may not be retainable for subsequent use in a second optical determination.
- fluorophores those more common compositions that emit light after absorption termed “fluorophores” and those which absorb light and internally convert the absorbed light to heat, rather than emit it as light, termed “chromophores.”
- Fluorescence is a physical phenomenon based upon the ability of some molecules to absorb light (photons) at specified wavelengths and then emit light of a longer wavelength and at a lower energy. Substances able to fluoresce share a number of common characteristics: the ability to absorb light energy at one wavelength ⁇ ab ; reach an excited energy state; and subsequently emit light at another light wavelength, ⁇ em .
- the absorption and fluorescence emission spectra are individual for each fluorophore and are often graphically represented as two separate curves that are slightly overlapping.
- the same fluorescence emission spectrum is generally observed irrespective of the wavelength of the exciting light and, accordingly, the wavelength and energy of the exciting light may be varied within limits; but the light emitted by the fluorophore will always provide the same emission spectrum.
- the strength of the fluorescence signal may be measured as the quantum yield of light emitted.
- the fluorescence quantum yield is the ratio of the number of photons emitted in comparison to the number of photons initially absorbed by the fluorophore.
- Dyes which absorb light energy as chromophores do so at individual wavelengths of energy and are characterized by a distinctive molar absorption coefficient at that wavelength.
- Chemical analysis employing fiber optic strands and absorption spectroscopy using visible and ultraviolet light wavelengths in combination with the absorption coefficient allow for the determination of concentration for specific analyses of interest by spectral measurement.
- absorbance measurement via optical fibers is to determine concentration which is calculated in accordance with Beers' law; accordingly, at a single absorbance wavelength, the greater the quantity of the composition which absorbs light energy at a given wavelength, the greater the optical density for the sample. In this way, the total quantity of light absorbed directly correlates with the quantity of the composition in the sample.
- compositions and methods are desirable that allow the generation of large arrays that can be either encoded or decoded to allow the detection of target analytes.
- the arrays can be fiber optic arrays or arrays on other array substrates and can include microspheres.
- the invention provides a method of detecting a target analyte in a sample comprising providing an array comprising an array substrate, wherein the array substrate is other than a fiber optic bundle, and at least first and second sites wherein first and second reaction components are immobilized at said first and second sites, respectively, contacting said array substrate with the sample and detecting a change in an optical property around at least the first site as an indication of the interaction between the target analyte and at least the first reaction component.
- the invention provides a method of detecting a target analyte in a sample comprising providing an array comprising an array substrate comprising discrete sites and a population of microspheres comprising at least first and second subpopulations comprising first and second reaction components respectively and a detection molecule.
- the method further includes contacting the array with the sample and detecting a change in an optical property around at least the first microsphere as an indication of the interaction between the target analyte and at least the first reaction component.
- the invention also provides a method of detecting an enzymatic reaction comprising providing an array comprising an array substrate comprising discrete sites, and a population of microspheres randomly distributed on the array substrate, wherein the microspheres comprise at least one enzyme, contacting the array with a sample comprising a target analyte, wherein the target analyte is an enzyme substrate, monitoring a signal in a region surrounding the microspheres, whereby detection of the signal provides an indication of the reaction between the enzyme and the enzyme substrate.
- the invention provides a method of detecting an enzymatic reaction comprising providing an array comprising an array substrate comprising discrete sites and a population of microspheres randomly distributed on said array substrate, the population comprising first and second subpopulations, wherein the first and second subpopulations comprise first and second discrete oligonucleotides, respectively, attached to the microspheres, contacting the array with a composition comprising an enzyme, monitoring a signal in a region surrounding the microspheres, whereby detection of the signal provides an indication of the reaction between the enzyme and at least one of the discrete oligonucleotides.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating the optical signature encoding and chemical functionalizing of the microspheres according to the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a process diagram describing the preparation, encoding, and functionalizing of the microspheres of the present invention
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a microsphere system including microspheres with different chemical functionalities and encoded descriptions of the functionalities;
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the inventive fiber optic sensor and associated instrumentation and control system
- FIGS. 5A and 5B are micrographs illustrating the preferred technique for attaching or affixing the microspheres to the distal end of the optical fiber bundle
- FIG. 6 is a process diagram describing well formation in the optical fiber bundle and affixation of the microspheres in the wells;
- FIGS. 7A and 7B are micrographs showing the array of microspheres in their corresponding wells prior and subsequent to physical agitation, tapping and air pulsing, demonstrating the electrostatic binding of the microspheres in the wells;
- FIGS. 8A , 8 B, and 8 C are micrographs from alkaline phosphatase microspheres when exposed to fluorescein diphosphate, at the fluorescein emission wavelength, at an encoding wavelength for DilC, and at an encoding wavelength for TRC, respectively;
- FIGS. 9A and 9B are micrographs showing the optical signal from ⁇ -galactosidase microspheres when exposed to fluorescein ⁇ -galactopyranoside at the fluorescein emission wavelength and at an encoding wavelength for DilC, respectively;
- FIGS. 10A and 10B are micrographs showing the optical response from rabbit antibody microspheres prior to and post, respectively, exposure to fluorescein labeled antigens.
- FIGS. 11A and 11B are micrographs depicting the optical response from beads synthesized with DNA on the bead surface, following a 10 min. hybridization with a Cy3-labeled probe complementary to the sequence of the DNA immobilized on the bead.
- Beads were randomly distributed on A) an etched optical imaging fiber or B) a patterned polymer (polyurethane) substrate (a chip). Following hybridization with 5 nM Cy3-labeled probe, the substrates were placed in buffer for optical readout on an imaging system. A) was imaged through the proximal end, with the distal (beaded) end in buffer solution. B) was imaged directly from the top, through a coverslip.
- FIGS. 12A , 12 B and 12 C are micrographs depicting the optical responses between different substrates.
- the substrate in A) and B) is an etched optical imaging fiber, and the substrate in C) is a chip. Data were obtained as described in FIG. 11 , and quantified to determine mean intensity and variability.
- the present invention is based on the combination of high-density arrays and a novel detection mechanism wherein labels or signals are detected on an array in a region surrounding a site on the array. That is, previously, detection on arrays involved the detection of targets while the targets were attached to the array or array substrate.
- the present invention provides methods and compositions for monitoring the presence of a target analyte by detecting a change in an optical property around at least a first discrete site on an array.
- the present invention is based on two synergistic inventions: 1) the development of a bead-based analytic chemistry system in which beads, also termed microspheres, carrying different chemical functionalities may be mixed together while the ability is retained to identify the functionality of each bead using an optically interrogatable encoding scheme (an “optical signature”); and 2) the use of a substrate comprising a patterned surface containing individual sites that can bind or associate individual beads. In preferred embodiments the substrate is patterned. This allows the synthesis of the bioactive agents (i.e. compounds such as nucleic acids and antibodies) to be separated from their placement on an array, i.e.
- bioactive agents i.e. compounds such as nucleic acids and antibodies
- the bioactive agents may be synthesized on the beads, and then the beads are randomly distributed on a patterned surface. Since the beads are first coded with an optical signature, this means that the array can later be “decoded”, i.e. after the array is made, a correlation of the location of an individual site on the array with the bead or bioactive agent at that particular site can be made. This means that the beads may be randomly distributed on the array, a fast and inexpensive process as compared to either the in situ synthesis or spotting techniques of the prior art. Once the array is loaded with the beads, the array can be decoded, or can be used, with full or partial decoding occurring after testing, as is more fully outlined below.
- the present invention provides array compositions comprising at least a first substrate with a surface comprising individual sites.
- array herein is meant a plurality of bioactive agents in an array format; the size of the array will depend on the composition and end use of the array. Arrays containing from about 2 different bioactive agents (i.e. different beads) to many millions can be made, with very large fiber optic arrays being possible. Generally, the array will comprise from two to as many as a billion or more, depending on the size of the beads and the substrate, as well as the end use of the array, thus very high density, high density, moderate density, low density and very low density arrays may be made.
- Preferred ranges for very high density arrays are from about 10,000,000 to about 2,000,000,000, with from about 100,000,000 to about 1,000,000,000 being preferred.
- High density arrays range about 100,000 to about 10,000,000, with from about 1,000,000 to about 5,000,000 being particularly preferred.
- Moderate density arrays range from about 10,000 to about 50,000 being particularly preferred, and from about 20,000 to about 30,000 being especially preferred.
- Low density arrays are generally less than 10,000, with from about 1,000 to about 5,000 being preferred.
- Very low density arrays are less than 1,000, with from about 10 to about 1000 being preferred, and from about 100 to about 500 being particularly preferred.
- the compositions of the invention may not be in array format; that is, for some embodiments, compositions comprising a single bioactive agent may be made as well.
- multiple substrates may be used, either of different or identical compositions. Thus for example, large arrays may comprise a plurality of smaller substrates.
- one advantage of the present compositions is that particularly through the use of fiber optic technology, extremely high density arrays can be made.
- beads of 200 nm can be used, and very small fibers are known, it is possible to have as many as 250,000 different fibers and beads in a 1 mm 2 fiber optic bundle, with densities of greater than 15,000,000 individual beads and fibers per 0.5 cm 2 obtainable.
- compositions comprise a substrate.
- substrate By “substrate”, “array substrate” or “solid support” or other grammatical equivalents herein is meant any material that can be modified to contain discrete individual sites appropriate for the attachment or association of beads and is amenable to at least one detection method.
- the number of possible substrates are very large, and include, but are not limited to, glass and modified or functionalized glass, plastics (including acrylics, polystyrene and copolymers of styrene and other materials, polypropylene, polyethylene, polybutylene, polyurethanes, TeflonJ, etc.), polysaccharides, nylon or nitrocellulose, composite materials, ceramics, and plastic resins, silica or silica-based materials including silicon and modified silicon, carbon, metals, inorganic glasses, plastics, optical fiber bundles, and a variety of other polymers.
- the substrates allow optical detection and do not appreciably fluoresce.
- the substrate does not comprise the ends of an optical fiber bundle.
- the substrate is planar, although as will be appreciated by those in the art, other configurations of substrates may be used as well; for example, three dimensional configurations can be used, for example by embedding the beads in a porous block of plastic that allows sample access to the beads and using a confocal microscope for detection. Similarly, the beads may be placed on the inside surface of a tube, for flow-through sample analysis to minimize sample volume.
- Preferred substrates include optical fiber bundles as discussed below, and flat planar substrates such as glass, polystyrene and other plastics and acrylics.
- At least one surface of the substrate is modified to contain discrete, individual sites for later association of microspheres.
- These sites may comprise physically altered sites, i.e. physical configurations such as wells or small depressions in the substrate that can retain the beads, such that a microsphere can rest in the well, or the use of other forces (magnetic or compressive), or chemically altered or active sites, such as chemically functionalized sites, electrostatically altered sites, hydrophobically/hydrophilically functionalized sites, spots of adhesive, etc.
- the sites may be a pattern, i.e. a regular design or configuration, or randomly distributed.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes a regular pattern of sites such that the sites may be addressed in the X-Y coordinate plane.
- “Pattern” in this sense includes a repeating unit cell, preferably one that allows a high density of beads on the substrate.
- these sites may not be discrete sites. That is, it is possible to use a uniform surface of adhesive or chemical functionalities, for example, that allows the attachment of beads at any position. That is, the surface of the substrate is modified to allow attachment of the microspheres at individual sites, whether or not those sites are contiguous or non-contiguous with other sites.
- the surface of the substrate may be modified such that discrete sites are formed that can only have a single associated bead, or alternatively, the surface of the substrate is modified and beads may go down anywhere, but they end up at discrete sites.
- the surface of the substrate is modified to contain wells, i.e. depressions in the surface of the substrate. This may be done as is generally known in the art using a variety of techniques, including, but not limited to, photolithography, stamping techniques, molding techniques and microetching techniques. As will be appreciated by those in the art, the technique used will depend on the composition and shape of the substrate.
- physical alterations are made in a surface of the substrate to produce the sites.
- the substrate is a fiber optic bundle and the surface of the substrate is a terminal end of the fiber bundle.
- wells are made in a terminal or distal end of a fiber optic bundle comprising individual fibers.
- the cores of the individual fibers are etched, with respect to the cladding, such that small wells or depressions are formed at one end of the fibers. The required depth of the wells will depend on the size of the beads to be added to the wells.
- the microspheres suitably are non-covalently associated in the wells, although the wells may additionally be chemically functionalized as is generally described below, cross-linking agents may be used, or a physical barrier may be used, i.e. a film or membrane over the beads.
- the surface of the substrate is modified to contain chemically modified sites, that can be used to attach, either covalently or non-covalently, the microspheres of the invention to the discrete sites or locations on the substrate.
- “Chemically modified sites” in this context includes, but is not limited to, the addition of a pattern of chemical functional groups including amino groups, carboxy groups, oxo groups and thiol groups, that can be used to covalently attach microspheres, which generally also contain corresponding reactive functional groups; the addition of a pattern of adhesive that can be used to bind the microspheres (either by prior chemical functionalization for the addition of the adhesive or direct addition of the adhesive); the addition of a pattern of charged groups (similar to the chemical functionalities) for the electrostatic attachment of the microspheres, i.e.
- microspheres comprise charged groups opposite to the sites; the addition of a pattern of chemical functional groups that renders the sites differentially hydrophobic or hydrophilic, such that the addition of similarly hydrophobic or hydrophilic microspheres under suitable experimental conditions will result in association of the microspheres to the sites on the basis of hydroaffinity.
- hydrophobic sites with hydrophobic beads in an aqueous system, drives the association of the beads preferentially onto the sites.
- pattern in this sense includes the use of a uniform treatment of the surface to allow attachment of the beads at discrete sites, as well as treatment of the surface resulting in discrete sites. As will be appreciated by those in the art, this may be accomplished in a variety of ways.
- compositions of the invention further comprise a population of microspheres.
- population herein is meant a plurality of beads as outlined above for arrays. Within the population are separate subpopulations, which can be a single microsphere or multiple identical microspheres. That is, in some embodiments, as is more fully outlined below, the array may contain only a single bead for each bioactive agent; preferred embodiments utilize a plurality of beads of each type.
- microspheres or “beads” or “particles” or grammatical equivalents herein is meant small discrete particles.
- the composition of the beads will vary, depending on the class of bioactive agent and the method of synthesis. Suitable bead compositions include those used in peptide, nucleic acid and organic moiety synthesis, including, but not limited to, plastics, ceramics, glass, polystyrene, methylstyrene, acrylic polymers, paramagnetic materials, thoria sol, carbon graphited, titanium dioxide, latex or cross-linked dextrans such as Sepharose, cellulose, nylon, cross-linked micelles and teflon may all be used. “ Microsphere Detection Guide ” from Bangs Laboratories, Fishers Ind. is a helpful guide.
- the beads need not be spherical; irregular particles may be used.
- the beads may be porous, thus increasing the surface area of the bead available for either bioactive agent attachment or tag attachment.
- the bead sizes range from nanometers, i.e. 100 nm, to millimeters, i.e. 1 mm, with beads from about 0.2 micron to about 200 microns being preferred, and from about 0.5 to about 5 micron being particularly preferred, although in some embodiments smaller beads may be used.
- FIG. 1 illustrates the construction of a bead or microsphere 10 according to the principles of the present invention.
- the microsphere 10 is given a bioactive agent 12 , which is typically applied to the microsphere's surface.
- the bioactive agent is designed so that in the presence of the analyte(s) to which it is targeted, an optical signature of the microsphere, possibly including region surrounding it, is changed.
- a key component of the invention is the use of a substrate/bead pairing that allows the association or attachment of the beads at discrete sites on the surface of the substrate, such that the beads do not move during the course of the assay.
- each microsphere comprises two components: a bioactive agent and an optical signature.
- compositions of the invention have two primary uses.
- the compositions are used to detect the presence of a particular target analyte; for example, the presence or absence of a particular nucleotide sequence or a particular protein, such as an enzyme, an antibody or an antigen.
- the compositions are used to screen bioactive agents, i.e. drug candidates, for binding to a particular target analyte.
- Bioactive agents encompass numerous chemical classes, though typically they are organic molecules, preferably small organic compounds having a molecular weight of more than 100 and less than about 2,500 daltons. Bioactive agents comprise functional groups necessary for structural interaction with proteins, particularly hydrogen bonding, and typically include at least an amine, carbonyl, hydroxyl or carboxyl group, preferably at least two of the functional chemical groups. The bioactive agents often comprise cyclical carbon or heterocyclic structures and/or aromatic or polyaromatic structures substituted with one or more of the above functional groups. Bioactive agents are also found among biomolecules including peptides, nucleic acids, saccharides, fatty acids, steroids, purines, pyrimidines, derivatives, structural analogs or combinations thereof. Particularly preferred are nucleic acids and proteins.
- Bioactive agents can be obtained from a wide variety of sources including libraries of synthetic or natural compounds. For example, numerous means are available for random and directed synthesis of a wide variety of organic compounds and biomolecules, including expression of randomized oligonucleotides. Alternatively, libraries of natural compounds in the form of bacterial, fungal, plant and animal extracts are available or readily produced. Additionally, natural or synthetically produced libraries and compounds are readily modified through conventional chemical, physical and biochemical means. Known pharmacological agents may be subjected to directed or random chemical modifications, such as acylation, alkylation, esterification and/or amidification to produce structural analogs.
- the bioactive agents are proteins.
- protein herein is meant at least two covalently attached amino acids, which includes proteins, polypeptides, oligopeptides and peptides.
- the protein may be made up of naturally occurring amino acids and peptide bonds, or synthetic peptidomimetic structures.
- amino acid or “peptide residue”, as used herein means both naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids.
- homo-phenylalanine, citrulline and norleucine are considered amino acids for the purposes of the invention.
- the side chains may be in either the (R) or the (S) configuration. In the preferred embodiment, the amino acids are in the (S) or L-configuration. If non-naturally occurring side chains are used, non-amino acid substituents may be used, for example to prevent or retard in vivo degradations.
- the bioactive agents are naturally occurring proteins or fragments of naturally occurring proteins.
- cellular extracts containing proteins, or random or directed digests of proteinaceous cellular extracts may be used.
- libraries of procaryotic and eukaryotic proteins may be made for screening in the systems described herein.
- Particularly preferred in this embodiment are libraries of bacterial, fungal, viral, and mammalian proteins, with the latter being preferred, and human proteins being especially preferred.
- the bioactive agents are peptides of from about 5 to about 30 amino acids, with from about 5 to about 20 amino acids being preferred, and from about 7 to about 15 being particularly preferred.
- the peptides may be digests of naturally occurring proteins as is outlined above, random peptides, or “biased” random peptides.
- randomized or grammatical equivalents herein is meant that each nucleic acid and peptide consists of essentially random nucleotides and amino acids, respectively. Since generally these random peptides (or nucleic acids, discussed below) are chemically synthesized, they may incorporate any nucleotide or amino acid at any position.
- the synthetic process can be designed to generate randomized proteins or nucleic acids, to allow the formation of all or most of the possible combinations over the length of the sequence, thus forming a library of randomized bioactive proteinaceous agents.
- a library of bioactive agents are used.
- the library should provide a sufficiently structurally diverse population of bioactive agents to effect a probabilistically sufficient range of binding to target analytes. Accordingly, an interaction library must be large enough so that at least one of its members will have a structure that gives it affinity for the target analyte. Although it is difficult to gauge the required absolute size of an interaction library, nature provides a hint with the immune response: a diversity of 10 7 -10 8 different antibodies provides at least one combination with sufficient affinity to interact with most potential antigens faced by an organism. Published in vitro selection techniques have also shown that a library size of 10 7 to 10 8 is sufficient to find structures with affinity for the target. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, at least 10 6 , preferably at least 10 7 , more preferably at least 10 8 and most preferably at least 10 9 different bioactive agents are simultaneously analyzed in the subject methods. Preferred methods maximize library size and diversity.
- the library is fully randomized, with no sequence preferences or constants at any position.
- the library is biased. That is, some positions within the sequence are either held constant, or are selected from a limited number of possibilities.
- the nucleotides or amino acid residues are randomized within a defined class, for example, of hydrophobic amino acids, hydrophilic residues, sterically biased (either small or large) residues, towards the creation of cysteines, for cross-linking, prolines for SH-3 domains, serines, threonines, tyrosines or histidines for phosphorylation sites, etc., or to purines, etc.
- the bioactive agents are nucleic acids (generally called “probe nucleic acids” or “candidate probes” herein).
- nucleic acid or “oligonucleotide” or grammatical equivalents herein means at least two nucleotides covalently linked together.
- a nucleic acid of the present invention will generally contain phosphodiester bonds, although in some cases, as outlined below, nucleic acid analogs are included that may have alternate backbones, comprising, for example, phosphoramide (Beaucage, et al., Tetrahedron, 49(10):1925 (1993) and references therein; Letsinger, J. Org.
- nucleic acids include those with positive backbones (Denpcy, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 92:6097 (1995)); non-ionic backbones (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,386,023; 5,637,684; 5,602,240; 5,216,141; and 4,469,863; Kiedrowshi, et al., Angew. Chem. Intl. Ed. English, 30:423 (1991); Letsinger, et al., J. Am. Chem.
- ribose-phosphate backbone may be done to facilitate the addition of additional moieties such as labels, or to increase the stability and half-life of such molecules in physiological environments.
- mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs can be made.
- mixtures of different nucleic acid analogs, and mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs may be made.
- the nucleic acids may be single stranded or double stranded, as specified, or contain portions of both double stranded or single stranded sequence.
- the nucleic acid may be DNA, both genomic and cDNA, RNA or a hybrid, where the nucleic acid contains any combination of deoxyribo- and ribo-nucleotides, and any combination of bases, including uracil, adenine, thymine, cytosine, guanine, inosine, xanthanine, hypoxanthanine, isocytosine, isoguanine, and basepair analogs such as nitropyrrole and nitroindole, etc.
- nucleic acid bioactive agents may be naturally occurring nucleic acids, random nucleic acids, or “biased” random nucleic acids.
- digests of procaryotic or eukaryotic genomes may be used as is outlined above for proteins.
- probes of the present invention are designed to be complementary to a target sequence (either the target analyte sequence of the sample or to other probe sequences, as is described herein), such that hybridization of the target and the probes of the present invention occurs.
- a target sequence either the target analyte sequence of the sample or to other probe sequences, as is described herein
- This complementarity need not be perfect; there may be any number of base pair mismatches that will interfere with hybridization between the target sequence and the single stranded nucleic acids of the present invention. However, if the number of mutations is so great that no hybridization can occur under even the least stringent of hybridization conditions, the sequence is not a complementary target sequence.
- substantially complementary herein is meant that the probes are sufficiently complementary to the target sequences to hybridize under the selected reaction conditions.
- High stringency conditions are known in the art; see for example Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2d Edition, 1989, and Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, ed. Ausubel, et al., both of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures. An extensive guide to the hybridization of nucleic acids is found in Tijssen, Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology—Hybridization with Nucleic Acid Probes, “Overview of principles of hybridization and the strategy of nucleic acid assays” (1993). Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5-10° C.
- T m thermal melting point
- the T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium (as the target sequences are present in excess, at T m , 50% of the probes are occupied at equilibrium).
- Stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion concentration (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30° C. for short probes (e.g. 10 to 50 nucleotides) and at least about 60° C. for long probes (e.g.
- Stringent conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents such as formamide.
- destabilizing agents such as formamide.
- less stringent hybridization conditions are used; for example, moderate or low stringency conditions may be used, as are known in the art; see Maniatis and Ausubel, supra, and Tijssen, supra.
- target sequence or grammatical equivalents herein means a nucleic acid sequence on a single strand of nucleic acid.
- the target sequence may be a portion of a gene, a regulatory sequence, genomic DNA, cDNA, RNA including mRNA and rRNA, or others. It may be any length, with the understanding that longer sequences are more specific.
- the complementary target sequence may take many forms. For example, it may be contained within a larger nucleic acid sequence, i.e. all or part of a gene or mRNA, a restriction fragment of a plasmid or genomic DNA, among others.
- probes are made to hybridize to target sequences to determine the presence or absence of the target sequence in a sample. Generally speaking, this term will be understood by those skilled in the art.
- the bioactive agents are organic chemical moieties, a wide variety of which are available in the literature.
- each bead comprises a single type of bioactive agent, although a plurality of individual bioactive agents are preferably attached to each bead.
- preferred embodiments utilize more than one microsphere containing a unique bioactive agent; that is, there is redundancy built into the system by the use of subpopulations of microspheres, each microsphere in the subpopulation containing the same bioactive agent.
- the bioactive agents may either be synthesized directly on the beads, or they may be made and then attached after synthesis.
- linkers are used to attach the bioactive agents to the beads, to allow both good attachment, sufficient flexibility to allow good interaction with the target molecule, and to avoid undesirable binding reactions.
- the bioactive agents are synthesized directly on the beads.
- many classes of chemical compounds are currently synthesized on solid supports, such as peptides, organic moieties, and nucleic acids. It is a relatively straightforward matter to adjust the current synthetic techniques to use beads.
- the bioactive agents are synthesized first, and then covalently attached to the beads. As will be appreciated by those in the art, this will be done depending on the composition of the bioactive agents and the beads.
- the functionalization of solid support surfaces such as certain polymers with chemically reactive groups such as thiols, amines, carboxyls, etc. is generally known in the art. Accordingly, “blank” microspheres may be used that have surface chemistries that facilitate the attachment of the desired functionality by the user. Some examples of these surface chemistries for blank microspheres are listed in Table I.
- bioactive agents containing carbohydrates may be attached to an amino-functionalized support; the aldehyde of the carbohydrate is made using standard techniques, and then the aldehyde is reacted with an amino group on the surface.
- a sulfhydryl linker may be used.
- sulfhydryl reactive linkers known in the art such as SPDP, maleimides, ⁇ -haloacetyls, and pyridyl disulfides (see for example the 1994 Pierce Chemical Company catalog, technical section on cross-linkers, pages 155-200, incorporated herein by reference) which can be used to attach cysteine containing proteinaceous agents to the support.
- an amino group on the bioactive agent may be used for attachment to an amino group on the surface.
- a large number of stable bifunctional groups are well known in the art, including homobifunctional and heterobifunctional linkers (see Pierce Catalog and Handbook, pages 155-200).
- carboxyl groups may be derivatized using well known linkers (see the Pierce catalog).
- linkers see the Pierce catalog.
- carbodiimides activate carboxyl groups for attack by good nucleophiles such as amines (see Torchilin et al., Critical Rev. Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 7(4):275-308 (1991), expressly incorporated herein).
- Proteinaceous bioactive agents may also be attached using other techniques known in the art, for example for the attachment of antibodies to polymers; see Slinkin et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2:342-348 (1991); Torchilin et al., supra; Trubetskoy et al., Bioconj. Chem.
- bioactive agents may be attached in a variety of ways, including those listed above. What is important is that manner of attachment does not significantly alter the functionality of the bioactive agent; that is, the bioactive agent should be attached in such a flexible manner as to allow its interaction with a target.
- NH 2 surface chemistry microspheres are used. Surface activation is achieved with a 2.5% glutaraldehyde in phosphate buffered saline (10 mM) providing a pH of 6.9. (138 mM NaCl, 2.7 mM, KCl). This is stirred on a stir bed for approximately 2 hours at room temperature. The microspheres are then rinsed with ultrapure water plus 0.01% tween 20 (surfactant) ⁇ 0.02%, and rinsed again with a pH 7.7 PBS plus 0.01% tween 20. Finally, the enzyme is added to the solution, preferably after being prefiltered using a 0.45 ⁇ m amicon micropure filter.
- the microspheres comprise an optical signature that can be used to identify the attached bioactive agent. That is, each subpopulation of microspheres comprise a unique optical signature or optical tag that can be used to identify the unique bioactive agent of that subpopulation of microspheres; a bead comprising the unique optical signature may be distinguished from beads at other locations with different optical signatures.
- each bioactive agent will have an associated unique optical signature such that any microspheres comprising that bioactive agent will be identifiable on the basis of the signature.
- it is possible to reuse or duplicate optical signatures within an array for example, when another level of identification is used, for example when beads of different sizes are used, or when the array is loaded sequentially with different batches of beads.
- the optical signature is generally a mixture of reporter dyes, preferably fluorescent.
- the composition of the mixture i.e. the ratio of one dye to another
- concentration of the dye leading to differences in signal intensity
- matrices of unique tags may be generated. This may be done by covalently attaching the dyes to the surface of the beads, or alternatively, by entrapping the dye within the bead.
- the dyes may be chromophores or phosphors but are preferably fluorescent dyes, which due to their strong signals provide a good signal-to-noise ratio for decoding.
- Suitable dyes for use in the invention include, but are not limited to, fluorescent lanthanide complexes, including those of Europium and Terbium, fluorescein, rhodamine, tetramethylrhodamine, eosin, erythrosin, coumarin, methyl-coumarins, pyrene, Malacite green, stilbene, Lucifer Yellow, Cascade BlueTM, Texas Red, and others described in the 1989-1991 Molecular Probes Handbook by Richard P. Haugland, hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
- the encoding can be accomplished in a ratio of at least two dyes, although more encoding dimensions may be added in the size of the beads, for example.
- the labels are distinguishable from one another; thus two different labels may comprise different molecules (i.e. two different fluors) or, alternatively, one label at two different concentrations or intensity.
- the dyes are covalently attached to the surface of the beads. This may be done as is generally outlined for the attachment of the bioactive agents, using functional groups on the surface of the beads. As will be appreciated by those in the art, these attachments are done to minimize the effect on the dye.
- the dyes are non-covalently associated with the beads, generally by entrapping the dyes in the bead matrix or pores of the beads.
- reporter dyes 14 are added to the microsphere 10 with the encoding occurring in the ratio of two or more dyes.
- the reporter dyes 14 may be chromophore-type. Fluorescent dyes, however, are preferred because the strength of the fluorescent signal provides a better signal-to-noise ratio when decoding. Additionally, encoding in the ratios of the two or more dyes, rather than single dye concentrations, is preferred since it provides insensitivity to the intensity of light used to interrogate the reporter dye's signature and detector sensitivity.
- the dyes are added to the bioactive agent, rather than the beads, although this is generally not preferred.
- FIG. 2 is a process diagram illustrating the preparation of the microspheres.
- step 50 an aliquot of stock microspheres are vacuum filtered to produce a dry cake.
- microsphere copolymers of methylstyrene (87%) and divinylbenzene (13%) are used that have a 3.1 micrometer ( ⁇ m) diameter.
- the dry cake is then broken apart and a dye solution added to it in step 52 to encode optical signatures of the microspheres with information concerning the intended surface chemical functionalities. Dyes may be covalently bonded to the microspheres' surface, but this consumes surface binding sites desirably reserved for the chemical functionalities.
- the microspheres are placed in a dye solution comprising a ratio of two or more fluorescent reporter dyes dissolved in an organic solvent that will swell the microspheres, e.g., dimethylformamide (DMF).
- a dye solution comprising a ratio of two or more fluorescent reporter dyes dissolved in an organic solvent that will swell the microspheres, e.g., dimethylformamide (DMF).
- DMF dimethylformamide
- TRC Texas Red Cadaverine
- DilC indodicarbocyanine
- dyes are selected to be compatible with the chemistries involved in the analysis and to be spectrally compatible. This avoids deconvolution problems associated with determining signal contributions based on the presence of both the analyte and the encoding dye ratios contributing to an overlapping emission spectral region.
- Examples of other dyes that can be used are Oxazin (662/705), IR-144 (745/825), IR-140 (776/882), IR-125 (786/800) from Exciton, and Bodipy 665/676 from Molecular Probes, and Naphthofluorescein (605/675) also from Molecular Probes. Lathanide complexes may also be used. Fluorescent dyes emitting in other than the near infrared may also be used. Chromophore dyes are still another alternative that produce an optically interrogatable signature, as are more exotic formulations using Raman scattering-based dyes or polarizing dyes, for example. The ability of a particular dye pair to encode for different chemical functionalities depends on the resolution of the ratiometric measurement. Conservatively, any dye pair should provide the ability to discriminate at least twenty different ratios. The number of unique combinations of two dyes made with a particular dye set is shown in the following Table II.
- step 54 the microspheres are vacuum filtered to remove excess dye.
- the microspheres are then washed in water or other liquid that does not swell the microspheres, but in which the dyes are still soluble. This allows the residual dye to be rinsed off without rinsing the dye out of the microspheres.
- the bioactive agent is attached to the microsphere surface if not already present. It should be understood that surface chemistries may be present throughout the microsphere's volume, and not limited to the physical circumferential surface.
- the microspheres are added to discrete sites on the surface of the substrate.
- This can be done in a number of ways, but generally comprises adding the beads to the surface under conditions that will allow the association of the microspheres on or at the discrete sites.
- the association of the beads on the surface may comprise a covalent bonding of the bead to the surface, for example when chemical attachment sites are added to both the substrate and the bead; an electrostatic or hydroaffinity, when charge, hydrophobicity or hydrophilicity is used as the basis of the binding; a physical yet non-covalent attachment such as the use of an adhesive; or a spatial attachment, for example the localization of a bead within a well.
- it may be preferable to effect a more permanent attachment after the initial localization for example through the use of cross-linking agents, a film or membrane over the array.
- FIG. 3 schematically illustrates a microsphere system, or array of microspheres, 100 formed from microsphere populations that have different bioactive agents. While a large number of microspheres and bioactive agents may be employed, in this example only three microsphere populations are shown.
- the individual populations, or subpopulations, of microspheres are represented as 10 a , 10 b , 10 c carrying respective bioactive agents or probe sequences 60 a , 60 b , 60 c , as exemplary functionalities.
- the subpopulations may be combined in either a random or ordered fashion on a substrate, with a corresponding distribution of their respective bioactive agents.
- each microsphere in each subpopulation is encoded with a common optical signature.
- the subpopulation represented by microsphere 10 a has a two reporter dye ratio of 10:1; the subpopulation of microspheres 10 b has a ratio of 1:1 of the same reporter dyes, and subpopulation of microspheres 10 c has a ratio of 1:10 of the reporter dyes.
- the randomly mixed subpopulations of microspheres are useful as an analytic chemistry system based on each of the carried bioactive agents 60 a - 60 c separately.
- the microsphere array or system 100 is exposed to an analyte of interest to which some of the bioactive agents may interact. Any interaction changes the optical response of the corresponding microspheres by, for example, binding a fluorescent dye 64 to the microspheres.
- identifying the chemical functionalities of the microsphere in which the optical signature has changed using the encoded dye combinations, information regarding the chemical identity and concentration of an analyte may be gained based upon the interaction or noninteraction of each bioactive agent contained in the microsphere system 100 .
- the microspheres exhibiting activity or changes in their optical signature may be identified by a conventional optical train and optical detection system. Decoding can also be performed either manually or automatically with the aid of a computer. Depending on the particular encoding or reporter dyes used and their operative wavelengths, optical filters designed for a particular wavelengths may be employed for optical interrogation of the microspheres of bioactive agents. In a preferred embodiment, the analytic chemistry microsphere system is used in conjunction with an optical fiber bundle or fiber optic array as a substrate.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram showing a microsphere-based analytic chemistry system employing a fiber optic assembly 200 with an optical detection system.
- the fiber optic assembly 200 comprises a fiber optic bundle or array 202 , that is constructed from clad fibers so that light does not mix between fibers.
- a microsphere array or system, 100 is attached to the bundle's distal end 212 , with the proximal end 214 being received by a z-translation stage 216 and x-y micropositioner 218 . These two components act in concert to properly position the proximal end 214 of the bundle 202 for a microscope objective lens 220 .
- Light collected by the objective lens 220 is passed to a reflected light fluorescence attachment with three pointer cube slider 222 .
- the attachment 222 allows insertion of light from a 75 Watt Xe lamp 224 through the objective lens 220 to be coupled into the fiber bundle 202 .
- the light from the source 224 is condensed by condensing lens 226 , then filtered and/or shuttered by filter and shutter wheel 228 , and subsequently passes through a ND filter slide 230 .
- a magnification changer 232 which enables adjustment of the image size of the fiber's proximal or distal end.
- Light passing through the magnification changer 232 is then shuttered and filtered by a second wheel 234 .
- the light is then imaged on a charge coupled device (CCD) camera 236 .
- a computer 238 executes imaging processing software to process the information from the CCD camera 236 and also possibly control the first and second shutter and filter wheels 228 , 234 .
- the instrumentation exclusive of the fiber sensor 200 i.e., to the left of the proximal end of the bundle 202 is discussed more completely by Bronk, et al., Anal. Chem. 1995, Vol. 67, number 17, pp. 2750-2752.
- the microsphere array or system 100 may be attached to the distal end of the optical fiber bundle using a variety of compatible processes. It is important that the microspheres are located close to the end of the bundle. This ensures that the light returning in each optical fiber predominantly comes from only a single microsphere. This feature is necessary to enable the interrogation of the optical signature of individual microspheres to identify reactions involving the microsphere's functionality and also to decode the dye ratios contained in those microspheres. The adhesion or affixing technique, however, must not chemically insulate the microspheres from the analyte.
- FIGS. 5A and 5B are micrographs of the distal end 212 of the bundle 202 illustrating the preferred technique for attaching the microspheres 10 to the bundle 202 .
- Wells 250 are formed at the center of each optical fiber 252 of the bundle 202 .
- the size of the wells 250 are coordinated with the size of the microspheres 10 so that the microspheres 10 can be placed within the wells 250 .
- each optical fiber 252 of the bundle 202 conveys light from the single microsphere 10 contained in 5 its well. Consequently, by imaging the end of the bundle 202 onto the CCD array 236 , the optical signatures of the microspheres 10 are individually interrogatable.
- FIG. 6 illustrates how the microwells 250 are formed and microspheres 10 placed in the wells.
- a 1 mm hexagonally-packed imaging fiber contains approximately 20,600 individual optical fibers that have cores approximately 3.7 ⁇ m across (Part No. ET26 from Galileo Fibers).
- the cores of each fiber are hexagonally shaped as a result the starting preform; that is, during drawing the fiber does not usually change shape. In some cases, the shape can be circular, however.
- both the proximal and distal ends 212 , 214 of the fiber bundle 202 are successively polished on 12 ⁇ m, 9 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, and 0.3 ⁇ m lapping films. Subsequently, the ends can be inspected for scratches on an atomic force microscope.
- a representative etching is performed on the distal end 212 of the bundle 202 .
- a solution of 0.2 grams NH 4 F (ammonium fluoride) with 600 ⁇ l distilled H 2 O and 100 ⁇ 1 of HF (hydrofluoric acid), 50% stock solution, may be used.
- the distal end 212 is etched in this solution for a specified time, preferably approximately 30 to 600 seconds, with about 80 seconds being preferred.
- the bundle end Upon removal from this solution, the bundle end is immediately placed in deionized water to stop any further etching in step 274 .
- the fiber is then rinsed in running tap water. At this stage, sonication is preferably performed for several minutes to remove any salt products from the reaction. The fiber is then allowed to air dry.
- the foregoing procedure produces wells by the anisotropic etching of the fiber cores 254 favorably with respect to the cladding 256 for each fiber of the bundle 202 .
- the wells have approximately the diameter of the cores 254 , 3.7 ⁇ m. This diameter is selected to be slightly larger than the diameters of the microspheres used, 3.1 ⁇ m, in the example.
- the preferential etching occurs because the pure silica of the cores 254 etches faster in the presence of hydrofluoric acid than the germanium-doped silica claddings 256 .
- microspheres are then placed in the wells 250 in step 276 according to a number of different techniques.
- the placement of the microspheres may be accomplished by dripping a solution containing the desired randomly mixed subpopulations of the microspheres over the distal end 212 , sonicating the bundle to settle the microspheres in the wells, and allowing the microsphere solvent to evaporate.
- the subpopulations could be added serially to the bundle end.
- Microspheres 10 may then be fixed into the wells 250 by using a dilute solution of sulfonated Nafion that is dripped over the end. Upon solvent evaporation, a thin film of Nafion was formed over the microspheres which holds them in place.
- An alternative fixation approach employs microsphere swelling to entrap each microsphere 10 in its corresponding microwell 250 .
- the microspheres are first distributed into the microwells 250 by sonicating the microspheres suspended in a non-swelling solvent in the presence of the microwell array on the distal end 212 . After placement into the microwells, the microspheres are subsequently exposed to an aqueous buffer in which they swell, thereby physically entrapping them, analogous to muffins rising in a muffin tin.
- the methods of making the arrays and of decoding the arrays is done to maximize the number of different candidate agents that can be uniquely encoded.
- the compositions of the invention may be made in a variety of ways.
- the arrays are made by adding a solution or slurry comprising the beads to a surface containing the sites for attachment of the beads. This may be done in a variety of buffers, including aqueous and organic solvents, and mixtures. The solvent can evaporate, and excess beads removed.
- a novel method of loading the beads onto the array comprises exposing the array to a solution of particles (including microspheres and cells) and then applying energy, e.g. agitating or vibrating the mixture. This results in an array comprising more tightly associated particles, as the agitation is done with sufficient energy to cause weakly-associated beads to fall off (or out, in the case of wells). These sites are then available to bind a different bead. In this way, beads that exhibit a high affinity for the sites are selected.
- arrays made in this way have two main advantages as compared to a more static loading: first of all, a higher percentage of the sites can be filled easily, and secondly, the arrays thus loaded show a substantial decrease in bead loss during assays.
- these methods are used to generate arrays that have at least about 50% of the sites filled, with at least about 75% being preferred, and at least about 90% being particularly preferred.
- arrays generated in this manner preferably lose less than about 20% of the beads during an assay, with less than about 10% being preferred and less than about 5% being particularly preferred.
- the substrate comprising the surface with the discrete sites is immersed into a solution comprising the particles (beads, cells, etc.).
- the surface may comprise wells, as is described herein, or other types of sites on a patterned surface such that there is a differential affinity for the sites. This differential affinity results in a competitive process, such that particles that will associate more tightly are selected.
- the entire surface to be “loaded” with beads is in fluid contact with the solution.
- This solution is generally a slurry ranging from about 10, 000:1 beads:solution (vol:vol) to 1:1.
- the solution can comprise any number of reagents, including aqueous buffers, organic solvents, salts, other reagent components, etc.
- the solution preferably comprises an excess of beads; that is, there are more beads than sites on the array. Preferred embodiments utilize two-fold to billion-fold excess of beads.
- the immersion can mimic the assay conditions; for example, if the array is to be “dipped” from above into a microtiter plate comprising samples, this configuration can be repeated for the loading, thus minimizing the beads that are likely to fall out due to gravity.
- the substrate, the solution, or both are subjected to a competitive process, whereby the particles with lower affinity can be disassociated from the substrate and replaced by particles exhibiting a higher affinity to the site.
- This competitive process is done by the introduction of energy, in the form of heat, sonication, stirring or mixing, vibrating or agitating the solution or substrate, or both.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes agitation or vibration.
- the amount of manipulation of the substrate is minimized to prevent damage to the array; thus, preferred embodiments utilize the agitation of the solution rather than the array, although either will work.
- this agitation can take on any number of forms, with a preferred embodiment utilizing microtiter plates comprising bead solutions being agitated using microtiter plate shakers.
- the agitation proceeds for a period of time sufficient to load the array to a desired fill. Depending on the size and concentration of the beads and the size of the array, this time may range from about 1 second to days, with from about 1 minute to about 24 hours being preferred.
- sites of an array may comprise a bead; that is, there may be some sites on the substrate surface which are empty. In addition, there may be some sites that contain more than one bead, although this is not preferred.
- microspheres One of the most common microsphere formations is tentagel, a styrene-polyethylene glycol co-polymer. These microspheres are unswollen in nonpolar solvents such as hexane and swell approximately 20-40% in volume upon exposure to a more polar or aqueous media. This approach is extremely desirable since it does not significantly compromise the diffusional or permeability properties of the microspheres themselves.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B show polymer coated microspheres 12 in wells 250 after their initial placement and then after tapping and exposure to air pulses.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate that there is no appreciable loss of microspheres from the wells due to mechanical agitation even without a specific fixing technique. This effect is probably due to electrostatic forces between the microspheres and the optical fibers. These forces tend to bind the microspheres within the wells. Thus, in most environments, it may be unnecessary to use any chemical or mechanical fixation for the microspheres.
- a sonication step may be used to place beads in the wells.
- sites of an array may comprise a bead; that is, there may be some sites on the substrate surface which are empty. In addition, there may be some sites that contain more than one bead, although this is not preferred.
- the beads in a non-random or ordered way.
- photoactivatible attachment linkers or photoactivatible adhesives or masks selected sites on the array may be sequentially rendered suitable for attachment, such that defined populations of beads are laid down.
- the size of the array will be set by the number of unique optical signatures, it is possible to “reuse” a set of unique optical signatures to allow for a greater number of test sites. This may be done in several ways; for example, by using a positional coding scheme within an array; different sub-bundles may reuse the set of optical signatures. Similarly, one embodiment utilizes bead size as a coding modality, thus allowing the reuse of the set of unique optical signatures for each bead size. Alternatively, sequential partial loading of arrays with beads can also allow the reuse of optical signatures.
- a spatial or positional coding system is done.
- each subarray is an “area code”, that can have the same tags (i.e. telephone numbers) of other subarrays, that are separated by virtue of the location of the subarray.
- tags i.e. telephone numbers
- the same unique tags can be reused from bundle to bundle.
- the use of 50 unique tags in combination with 100 different subarrays can form an array of 5000 different bioactive agents.
- additional encoding parameters can be added, such as microsphere size.
- the use of different size beads may also allow the reuse of sets of optical signatures; that is, it is possible to use microspheres of different sizes to expand the encoding dimensions of the microspheres.
- Optical fiber arrays can be fabricated containing pixels with different fiber diameters or cross-sections; alternatively, two or more fiber optic bundles, each with different cross-sections of the individual fibers, can be added together to form a larger bundle; or, fiber optic bundles with fiber of the same size cross-sections can be used, but just with different sized beads.
- the largest wells can be filled with the largest microspheres and then moving onto progressively smaller microspheres in the smaller wells until all size wells are then filled.
- the same dye ratio could be used to encode microspheres of different sizes thereby expanding the number of different oligonucleotide sequences or chemical functionalities present in the array.
- the coding and decoding is accomplished by sequential loading of the microspheres into the array.
- the optical signatures can be “reused”.
- the library of microspheres each comprising a different bioactive agent or the subpopulations each comprise a different bioactive agent
- the sublibraries each comprising roughly 10% of the total library may be made, with each sublibrary comprising roughly the same unique tags.
- the first sublibrary is added to the fiber optic bundle comprising the wells, and the location of each bioactive agent is determined, using its optical signature.
- the second sublibrary is then added, and the location of each optical signature is again determined.
- the signal in this case will comprise the “first” optical signature and the “second” optical signature; by comparing the two matrices the location of each bead in each sublibrary can be determined. Similarly, adding the third, fourth, etc. sublibraries sequentially will allow the array to be filled.
- arrays are made of a large spectrum of chemical functionalities utilizing the compositions of invention comprising microspheres and substrates with discrete sites on a surface.
- prior art sensors which can be adapted for use in the present invention include four broad classifications of microsphere sensors: 1) basic indicator chemistry sensors; 2) enzyme-based sensors; 3) immuno-based sensors (both of which are part of a broader general class of protein sensors); and 4) geno-sensors.
- the bioactive agents are used to detect chemical compounds.
- a large number of basic indicator sensors have been previously demonstrated. Examples include:
- Each of the chemicals listed in Table III directly produces an optically interrogatable signal or a change in the optical signature, as is more fully outlined below, in the presence of the targeted analyte.
- Enzyme-based microsphere sensors have also been demonstrated and could be manifest on microspheres. Examples include:
- the induced change in the optical signal due to the presence of the enzyme-sensitive chemical analyte occurs indirectly in this class of chemical functionalities.
- the microsphere-bound enzyme e.g., glucose oxidase
- decomposes the target analyte e.g., glucose
- consume a co-substrate e.g., oxygen
- some by-product e.g., hydrogen peroxide.
- An oxygen sensitive dye is then used to trigger the signal change.
- the product of the reaction is detected in a zone around the microsphere. That is, the product is not immobilized to the microsphere as is the enzyme, but rather the product is released from the microsphere-immobilized enzyme and detected in a region surrounding the microsphere.
- Immuno-based microsphere sensors have been demonstrated for the detection for environmental pollutants such as pesticides, herbicides, PCB's and PAH's. Additionally, these sensors have also been used for diagnostics, such as bacterial (e.g., leprosy, cholera, lyme disease, and tuberculosis), viral (e.g., HIV, herpes simplex, cytomegalovirus), fungal (e.g., aspergillosis, candidiasis, cryptococcoses), Mycoplasmal (e.g., mycoplasmal pneumonia), Protozoal (e.g., amoebiasis, toxoplasmosis), Rickettsial (e.g., Rocky Mountain spotted fever), and pregnancy tests.
- bacterial e.g., leprosy, cholera, lyme disease, and tuberculosis
- viral e.g., HIV, herpes simplex, cytomegalovirus
- fungal e.
- Microsphere genosensors may also be made (see the Examples). These are typically constructed by attaching a probe sequence to the microsphere surface chemistry, typically via an NH 2 group. A fluorescent dye molecule, e.g., fluorescein, is attached to the target sequence, which is in solution. The optically interrogatable signal change occurs with the binding of the target sequences to the microsphere. This produces a higher concentration of dye surrounding the microsphere than in the solution generally.
- a few demonstrated probe and target sequences see Ferguson, J. A. et al. Nature Biotechnology , Vol. 14, December 1996, are listed below in Table V.
- Hybridization indicators preferentially associate with double stranded nucleic acid, usually reversibly.
- Hybridization indicators include intercalators and minor and/or major groove binding moieties. In a preferred embodiment, intercalators may be used; since intercalation generally only occurs in the presence of double stranded nucleic acid, only in the presence of target hybridization will the label light up.
- sensors may be made to detect nucleic acids, proteins (including enzyme sensors and immunosensors), lipids, carbohydrates, etc; similarly, these sensors may include bioactive agents that are nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, etc.
- a single array sensor may contain different binding ligands for multiple types of analytes; for example, an array sensor for HIV may contain multiple nucleic acid probes for direct detection of the viral genome, protein binding ligands for direct detection of the viral particle, immuno-components for the detection of anti-HIV antibodies, etc.
- compositions of the invention may include other components, such as light sources, optical components such as lenses and filters, detectors, computer components for data analysis, etc.
- the arrays of the present invention are constructed such that information about the identity of the bioactive agent is built into the array, such that the random deposition of the beads on the surface of the substrate can be “decoded” to allow identification of the bioactive agent at all positions. This may be done in a variety of ways.
- the beads are loaded onto the substrate and then the array is decoded, prior to running the assay. This is done by detecting the optical signature associated with the bead at each site on the array. This may be done all at once, if unique optical signatures are used, or sequentially, as is generally outlined above for the “reuse” of sets of optical signatures. Alternatively, decoding may occur after the assay is run.
- compositions find use in a number of applications.
- a sample containing a target analyte (whether for detection of the target analyte or screening for binding partners of the target analyte) is added to the array, under conditions suitable for binding of the target analyte to at least one of the bioactive agents, i.e. generally physiological conditions.
- the presence or absence of the target analyte is then detected.
- this may be done in a variety of ways, generally through the use of a change in an optical signal. This change can occur via many different mechanisms.
- a few examples include the binding of a dye-tagged analyte to the bead, the production of a dye species on or near the beads, the destruction of an existing dye species, a change in the optical signature upon analyte interaction with dye on bead, or any other optical interrogatable event.
- the change in optical signal occurs as a result of the binding of a target analyte that is labeled, either directly or indirectly, with a detectable label, preferably an optical label such as a fluorochrome.
- a detectable label preferably an optical label such as a fluorochrome.
- a proteinaceous target analyte when used, it may be either directly labeled with a fluor, or indirectly, for example through the use of a labeled antibody.
- nucleic acids are easily labeled with fluorochromes, for example during PCR amplification as is known in the art.
- an intercalating dye e.g., ethidium bromide
- Upon binding of the target sequences, an intercalating dye e.g., ethidium bromide
- an intercalating dye e.g., ethidium bromide
- the target analyte such as an enzyme generates a species (for example, a fluorescent product) that is either directly or indirectly detectable optically.
- a change in the optical signature may be the basis of the optical signal.
- the interaction of some chemical target analytes with some fluorescent dyes on the beads may alter the optical signature, thus generating a different optical signal.
- fluorophore derivatized receptors may be used in which the binding of the ligand alters the signal.
- sensor redundancy is used.
- a plurality of sensor elements e.g. beads, comprising identical bioactive agents are used. That is, each subpopulation comprises a plurality of beads comprising identical bioactive agents (e.g. binding ligands).
- bioactive agents e.g. binding ligands.
- the optical signal from each sensor element can be combined and any number of statistical analyses run, as outlined below. This can be done for a variety of reasons. For example, in time varying measurements, redundancy can significantly reduce the noise in the system. For non-time based measurements, redundancy can significantly increase the confidence of the data.
- a plurality of identical sensor elements are used.
- the number of identical sensor elements will vary with the application and use of the sensor array. In general, anywhere from 2 to thousands may be used, with from 2 to 100 being preferred, 2 to 50 being particularly preferred and from 5 to 20 being especially preferred. In general, preliminary results indicate that roughly 10 beads gives a sufficient advantage, although for some applications, more identical sensor elements can be used.
- optical response signals from a plurality of sensor beads within each bead subpopulation can be manipulated and analyzed in a wide variety of ways, including baseline adjustment, averaging, standard deviation analysis, distribution and cluster analysis, confidence interval analysis, mean testing, etc.
- the first manipulation of the optical response signals is an optional baseline adjustment.
- the standardized optical responses are adjusted to start at a value of 0.0 by subtracting the integer 1.0 from all data points. Doing this allows the baseline-loop data to remain at zero even when summed together and the random response signal noise is canceled out.
- the vapor pulse-loop temporal region frequently exhibits a characteristic change in response, either positive, negative or neutral, prior to the vapor pulse and often requires a baseline adjustment to overcome noise associated with drift in the first few data points due to charge buildup in the CCD camera.
- the baseline from the first data point for each bead sensor is subtracted from all the response data for the same bead. If drift is observed, the average baseline from the first ten data points for each bead sensor is subtracted from the all the response data for the same bead.
- this baseline adjustment when multiple bead responses are added together they can be amplified while the baseline remains at zero. Since all beads respond at the same time to the sample (e.g. the vapor pulse), they all see the pulse at the exact same time and there is no registering or adjusting needed for overlaying their responses.
- other types of baseline adjustment may be done, depending on the requirements and output of the system used.
- signal summing is done by simply adding the intensity values of all responses at each time point, generating a new temporal response comprised of the sum of all bead responses. These values can be baseline-adjusted or raw. As for all the analyses described herein, signal summing can be performed in real time or during post-data acquisition data reduction and analysis. In one embodiment, signal summing is performed with a commercial spreadsheet program (Excel, Microsoft, Redmond, Wash.) after optical response data is collected.
- cumulative response data is generated by simply adding all data points in successive time intervals.
- This final column comprised of the sum of all data points at a particular time interval, may then be compared or plotted with the individual bead responses to determine the extent of signal enhancement or improved signal-to-noise ratios as shown in FIGS. 14 and 15 .
- the mean of the subpopulation i.e. the plurality of identical beads
- Equation 1 the mean of the subpopulation (i.e. the plurality of identical beads) is determined, using the well known Equation 1:
- the subpopulation may be redefined to exclude some beads if necessary (for example for obvious outliers, as discussed below).
- the standard deviation of the subpopulation can be determined, generally using Equation 2 (for the entire subpopulation) and Equation 3 (for less than the entire subpopulation):
- the subpopulation may be redefined to exclude some beads if necessary (for example for obvious outliers, as discussed below).
- statistical analyses are done to evaluate whether a particular data point has statistical validity within a subpopulation by using techniques including, but not limited to, t distribution and cluster analysis. This may be done to statistically discard outliers that may otherwise skew the result and increase the signal-to-noise ratio of any particular experiment. This may be done using Equation 4:
- the quality of the data is evaluated using confidence intervals, as is known in the art. Confidence intervals can be used to facilitate more comprehensive data processing to measure the statistical validity of a result.
- statistical parameters of a subpopulation of beads are used to do hypothesis testing.
- tests concerning means also called mean testing.
- statistical evaluation is done to determine whether two subpopulations are different. For example, one sample could be compared with another sample for each subpopulation within an array to determine if the variation is statistically significant.
- mean testing can also be used to differentiate two different assays that share the same code. If the two assays give results that are statistically distinct from each other, then the subpopulations that share a common code can be distinguished from each other on the basis of the assay and the mean test, shown below in Equation 5:
- analyzing the distribution of individual members of a subpopulation of sensor elements may be done. For example, a subpopulation distribution can be evaluated to determine whether the distribution is binomial, Poisson, hypergeometric, etc.
- a preferred embodiment utilizes a plurality of sensor elements that are directed to a single target analyte but yet are not identical.
- a single target nucleic acid analyte may have two or more sensor elements each comprising a different probe. This adds a level of confidence as non-specific binding interactions can be statistically minimized.
- the redundant nucleic acid probes may be overlapping, adjacent, or spatially separated. However, it is preferred that two probes do not compete for a single binding site, so adjacent or separated probes are preferred.
- preferred embodiments utilize bioactive agent binding agents that bind to different parts of the target. For example, when antibodies (or antibody fragments) are used as bioactive agents for the binding of target proteins, preferred embodiments utilize antibodies to different epitopes.
- a plurality of different sensor elements may be used, with from about 2 to about 20 being preferred, and from about 2 to about 10 being especially preferred, and from 2 to about 5 being particularly preferred, including 2, 3, 4 or 5. However, as above, more may also be used, depending on the application.
- any number of statistical analyses may be run on the data from target redundant sensors.
- Bead summing One benefit of the sensor element summing (referred to herein as “bead summing” when beads are used), is the increase in sensitivity that can occur. Detection limits in the zeptomole range can be observed.
- the presence or absence of the target analyte may be determined using changes in other optical or non-optical signals, including, but not limited to, surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy, surface plasmon resonance, radioactivity, etc.
- the assays may be run under a variety of experimental conditions, as will be appreciated by those in the art.
- a variety of other reagents may be included in the screening assays. These include reagents like salts, neutral proteins, e.g. albumin, detergents, etc which may be used to facilitate optimal protein-protein binding and/or reduce non-specific or background interactions.
- reagents that otherwise improve the efficiency of the assay such as protease inhibitors, nuclease inhibitors, anti-microbial agents, etc., may be used.
- the mixture of components may be added in any order that provides for the requisite binding.
- Various blocking and washing steps may be utilized as is known in the art.
- the compositions are used to probe a sample solution for the presence or absence of a target analyte.
- target analyte or “analyte” or grammatical equivalents herein is meant any atom, molecule, ion, molecular ion, compound or particle to be either detected or evaluated for binding partners.
- a large number of analytes may be used in the present invention; basically, any target analyte can be used which binds a bioactive agent or for which a binding partner (i.e. drug candidate) is sought.
- Suitable analytes include organic and inorganic molecules, including biomolecules.
- suitable target analytes include, but are not limited to, an environmental pollutant (including pesticides, insecticides, toxins, etc.); a chemical (including solvents, polymers, organic materials, etc.); therapeutic molecules (including therapeutic and abused drugs, antibiotics, etc.); biomolecules (including hormones, cytokines, proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, carbohydrates, cellular membrane antigens and receptors (neural, hormonal, nutrient, and cell surface receptors) or their ligands, etc); whole cells (including procaryotic (such as pathogenic bacteria) and eukaryotic cells, including mammalian tumor cells); viruses (including retroviruses, herpesviruses, adenoviruses, lentiviruses, etc.); and spores; etc.
- Particularly preferred analytes are nucleic acids and proteins.
- the target analyte is a protein.
- Suitable protein target analytes include, but are not limited to, (1) immunoglobulins; (2) enzymes (and other proteins); (3) hormones and cytokines (many of which serve as ligands for cellular receptors); and (4) other proteins.
- the target analyte is a nucleic acid.
- the probes are used in genetic diagnosis.
- probes can be made using the techniques disclosed herein to detect target sequences such as the gene for nonpolyposis colon cancer, the BRCA1 breast cancer gene, P53, which is a gene associated with a variety of cancers, the Apo E4 gene that indicates a greater risk of Alzheimer's disease, allowing for easy presymptomatic screening of patients, mutations in the cystic fibrosis gene, or any of the others well known in the art.
- viral and bacterial detection is done using the complexes of the invention.
- probes are designed to detect target sequences from a variety of bacteria and viruses.
- current blood-screening techniques rely on the detection of anti-HIV antibodies.
- the methods disclosed herein allow for direct screening of clinical samples to detect HIV nucleic acid sequences, particularly highly conserved HIV sequences. In addition, this allows direct monitoring of circulating virus within a patient as an improved method of assessing the efficacy of anti-viral therapies.
- viruses associated with leukemia, HTLV-I and HTLV-II may be detected in this way.
- Bacterial infections such as tuberculosis, clymidia and other sexually transmitted diseases, may also be detected.
- the nucleic acids of the invention find use as probes for toxic bacteria in the screening of water and food samples.
- samples may be treated to lyse the bacteria to release its nucleic acid, and then probes designed to recognize bacterial strains, including, but not limited to, such pathogenic strains as, Salmonella, Campylobacter, Vibrio cholerae, Leishmania , enterotoxic strains of E. coli , and Legionnaire's disease bacteria.
- bioremediation strategies may be evaluated using the compositions of the invention.
- the probes are used for forensic “DNA fingerprinting” to match crime-scene DNA against samples taken from victims and suspects.
- the probes in an array are used for sequencing by hybridization.
- the present invention also finds use as a methodology for the detection of mutations or mismatches in target nucleic acid sequences.
- recent focus has been on the analysis of the relationship between genetic variation and phenotype by making use of polymorphic DNA markers.
- Previous work utilized short tandem repeats (STRs) as polymorphic positional markers; however, recent focus is on the use of single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), which occur at an average frequency of more than 1 per kilobase in human genomic DNA.
- SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
- compositions of the invention are used to screen bioactive agents to find an agent that will bind, and preferably modify the function of, a target molecule.
- a target molecule e.g., a target protein
- assay formats may be run, as will be appreciated by those in the art.
- the target analyte for which a binding partner is desired is labeled; binding of the target analyte by the bioactive agent results in the recruitment of the label to the bead, with subsequent detection.
- the binding of the bioactive agent and the target analyte is specific; that is, the bioactive agent specifically binds to the target analyte.
- specifically bind herein is meant that the agent binds the analyte, with specificity sufficient to differentiate between the analyte and other components or contaminants of the test sample.
- binding which is not highly specific; for example, the systems may use different binding ligands, for example an array of different ligands, and detection of any particular analyte is via its “signature” of binding to a panel of binding ligands, similar to the manner in which “electronic noses” work.
- the binding should be sufficient to remain bound under the conditions of the assay, including wash steps to remove non-specific binding, although in some embodiments, wash steps are not desired; i.e. for detecting low affinity binding partners.
- the dissociation constants of the analyte to the binding ligand will be less than about 10 ⁇ 4 -10 ⁇ 6 M ⁇ 1 , with less than about 10 ⁇ 5 to 10 ⁇ 9 M ⁇ 1 being preferred and less than about 10 ⁇ 7 -10 ⁇ 9 M ⁇ 1 being particularly preferred.
- the invention in addition to the use of the sensors for detecting labeled analytes, the invention also provides for the detection of target analytes that affect enzymatic reactions.
- this embodiment can be described as follows.
- the invention provides a method of detecting a target analyte in a sample.
- the target analyte is a molecule that modulates the activity of an enzyme.
- the target analyte is itself an enzyme.
- the invention provides a reaction component that is immobilized at a discrete site on an array.
- reaction component is meant a molecule that affects a reaction, when contacted with other molecules.
- the reaction is an enzymatic reaction, although it could also include chemical or binding reactions.
- influences a reaction is meant to include but is not limited to inducing, activating, altering, for example slowing down or speeding up a reaction, or inhibiting a reaction.
- immobilized is meant to affix to a site on an array.
- immobilization is direct. That is, the reaction component is directly attached to the array.
- immobilization is indirect.
- the reaction component is attached to the array through an intermediate moiety such as a microsphere.
- the reaction component is attached to the microsphere or array by any of the methods described herein.
- the reaction component modulates the activity of the enzyme.
- the reaction component is a substrate for the enzyme, i.e. “enzyme substrate”.
- enzyme substrates or substrates of an enzyme the skilled artisan will recognize that this refers to a molecule that is converted by an enzyme into a product, as a result of an enzymatic reaction.
- the array may include multiple discrete reaction components at different sites on the array. In one embodiment only some of the reaction components are substrates for the enzyme. Than is, a subset or subsets of reaction components are substrates for the enzyme.
- the enzyme is immobilized at the discrete site, and a target analyte modulates the activity of the enzyme (the reaction component in this configuration).
- a target analyte modulates the activity of the enzyme (the reaction component in this configuration).
- molecules that modulate the activity of enzymes include but are not limited to substrates, co-factors, ligands, agonists, antagonists, inhibitors, and the like.
- the invention provides a method for detecting the product of the enzymatic reaction as an indication of the presence of the enzyme and/or enzyme modulator. That is, upon enzyme activation, a product of the reaction is released from the array where it is detected.
- the product of the enzymatic reaction is detected upon its release from the enzyme in a zone around the discrete site where the enzyme and/or target analyte is located. That is, the product is detected in a zone surrounding the site on the array.
- around or “surrounding” or grammatical equivalents herein is meant near the discrete site on the array. That is, the product is detected remote from or released from the discrete site.
- substantially all of the product, once converted from the enzyme substrate, is released from the array.
- substantially all is meant at least about 60 percent, preferably more than about 75 percent and most preferably more than about 85 percent.
- the product is detected not while immobilized, but rather while diffusing from the site.
- the product can be detected either directly or indirectly. That is, the released product either contains a detectable label or is otherwise directly detectable. Alternatively, the product can be detected indirectly.
- the product binds to or associates with other molecules that produce or result in a detectable signal.
- the product is a substrate for a molecule such as an enzyme.
- the subsequent enzyme is a detection molecule as described herein.
- the invention provides a method of detecting a target analyte in a sample.
- the method includes providing an array as described herein.
- the array contains discrete sites to which reaction component(s) are attached.
- the reaction component(s) are covalently attached.
- the array is contacted with the sample containing a target analyte and the product of an enzymatic reaction is detected in a region or zone around the site, as an indication of the presence of the target analyte.
- the target analyte is an enzyme.
- the samples contain at least one enzyme.
- the reaction component is a substrate of the enzyme, or in an alternative embodiment, the reaction component is a co-factor.
- the reaction component is not a substrate, the appropriate substrate is added to the array, for example in solution phase.
- each site contains a reaction component, although in another embodiment, each site includes at least two reaction components. That is, multiple reaction components are added in a single site.
- the target analyte is an enzyme substrate.
- the reaction component is an enzyme.
- the target analyte is an enzyme inhibitor.
- reaction components including enzymes or enzyme substrates to array sites, particularly beads
- attachment proceeds on the basis of the composition of the array site (i.e. either the substrate or the bead, depending on which array system is used) and the composition of the enzyme.
- the composition of the array site e.g. the bead
- it will contain chemical functional groups for subsequent attachment of other moieties.
- beads comprising a variety of chemical functional groups such as amines are commercially available.
- Preferred functional groups for attachment are amino groups, carboxy groups, oxo groups and thiol groups, with amino groups being particularly preferred.
- the enzymes can be attached using functional groups on the enzymes.
- enzymes containing amino groups can be attached to particles comprising amino groups, for example using linkers as are known in the art; for example, homo- or hetero-bifunctional linkers as are well known (see 1994 Pierce Chemical Company catalog, technical section on cross-linkers, pages 155-200, incorporated herein by reference).
- the reaction component is attached via a cleavable linker.
- cleavable linker is meant a linker designed and intended to be specifically cleaved.
- cleavable linkers examples include photocleavable linkers, acid-cleavable linkers, and the like. Examples of cleavable linkers are outlined in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,083, which is hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
- At least one of the reaction components is non-cleavable.
- non-cleavable linker is meant a linker that is not designed or intended to be specifically cleaved. That is, while the non-cleavable linkers are not resistant to all cleavage agents, the linker is not used so that the molecule to which it is attached can be released from the array.
- the linkers as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,063
- the use of non-cleavable linkers to attach reaction components to the array results in a stable attachment of the reaction molecules.
- the array comprises microspheres to which the reaction component is attached or reaction components are attached. Microspheres are distributed on the discrete sites on the array as described herein. However, other types of arrays are well known and can be used in this format; spotted, printed or photolithographic arrays are well known; see for example WO 95/25116; WO 95/35505; PCT US98/09163; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,700,637; 5,807,522 and 5,445,934; and U.S. Ser. Nos. 08/851,203 09/187,289; and references cited within, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference. If beads are not used, preferred embodiments utilize a spotted array.
- the reactants i.e. reaction components
- any other necessary reactants or co-factors are added to the immobilized reactant for example, in solution phase.
- the product of the reaction is released from the site into the area surrounding the site where it is detected by any of the detection methods as described herein.
- the target analyte is detected in a zone surrounding a discrete site on an array. That is, the target analyte is not immobilized or attached to the microsphere, but rather is detected in a region surrounding the discrete site.
- the product of the reaction between the target analyte and the reaction component is detected in a zone surrounding a discrete site on an array. That is, following the enzymatic reaction, the product(s) is released from the immobilized reaction components. Thus, it is detected in a zone surrounding the site.
- the reaction when detecting a product in a zone surrounding a discrete site on an array, the reaction takes place in the presence of solutions and/or a matrix to slow down diffusion of the product from the site. That is, the reaction takes place in the presence of a diffusion retardant.
- the product maintains an increased local concentration in the zone around the site for increased time. Solutions to diminish the diffusion of the product should not interfere the reaction between the reactants and include but are not limited to glycerol, polyethylene glycol, agarose, agar, polyacrylamide and other polymers.
- the polymer is readily varied in its concentration so that the rate of diffusion of the product is adjusted as is necessary.
- enzymes that can be screened include but are not limited to polymerases, ligases, proteases including caspases, nucleotide cyclases, ribozymes, restriction endonucleases, transferases, lipases, and the like.
- the immobilized reactants correspond to known substrates of enzymes. As such, samples are screened for the presence of the particular enzyme by detecting a change in the respective immobilized substrate.
- a subpopulation of sites comprises discrete substrates for a plurality of enzymes. That is, a subpopulation contains substrates for a particular enzyme, yet the array may contain a population of microspheres that includes subpopulations that contain substrates for a number of enzymes.
- the array is contacted with a solution to be screened, for example, a tissue extract. A reaction between an enzyme and its respective substrate is detected as the product of the reaction is detected in the zone around the site containing the substrate molecule.
- a plurality of immobilized reactants are substrates for the same enzyme. That is, multiple sites on an array contain substrates for the same enzyme. In a preferred embodiment, the substrates are different. In one embodiment the substrates are different while remaining substrates for the same enzyme.
- an array may contain multiple different oligonucleotides at different sites on an array. The oligonucleotides may contain unique or different sequences. However, all of the oligonucleotides are substrates for a polymerase or nuclease.
- each microsphere contains multiple reaction components. That is, as is known in the art, certain enzymes require multiple substrates and/or cofactors. Accordingly, in this embodiment, a microsphere may contain a plurality of reaction components.
- the reaction components may include an enzyme, substrate, co-factor or other molecule that effects the reaction.
- the substrates are tagged or labeled such that the released product contains an identifier that is detectable, for example a fluorescent label.
- the substrates contain a fluorescent label that is quenched in the immobilized uncleaved substrate; however, upon cleavage, the released product containing the fluorescent label is unquenched and thus, emits a fluorescent signal in the zone surrounding the bead.
- the released product is not directly detectable, but rather is indirectly detected by binding agents such as antibodies, or complementary nucleic acid probes.
- binding agents such as antibodies, or complementary nucleic acid probes.
- the binding agents comprise the label.
- the reaction product is a substrate for a detection molecule that may or may not be attached to the microspheres.
- detection molecule is meant a molecule that reacts with the product from the first reaction to produce either directly or indirectly a detectable signal.
- the detection molecule is not attached to the beads, it is added to the microsphere either prior to, simultaneously with or following the addition of the first mobile-phase reactant.
- the detection molecule is immobilized to the microsphere it interacts with the reaction product following the first reaction.
- a microsphere may contain a reaction component and a detection molecule. Accordingly, in a preferred embodiment the product of the reaction with the reaction component is detected by the detection molecule.
- the detection molecule is an enzyme that catalyzes a reaction, the product of which is directly detectable or as is well known in the art is converted to a substance that produces a detectable signal.
- detection molecules include but are not limited to b-galactosidase, firefly luciferase and the like.
- the enzyme(s) may be attached, preferably through the use of flexible linkers, to the sites on the array, e.g. the beads, as described herein.
- the enzyme(s) may be attached, preferably through the use of flexible linkers, to the sites on the array, e.g. the beads, as described herein.
- the enzyme(s) may be attached, preferably through the use of flexible linkers, to the sites on the array, e.g. the beads, as described herein.
- the enzyme(s) may be attached, preferably through the use of flexible linkers, to the sites on the array, e.g. the beads, as described herein.
- Pyrosequencing is an extension method that can be used to add one or more nucleotides to the 3′-terminus of an oligonucleotide. Pyrosequencing relies on the detection of a reaction product, PPi, produced during the addition of an NTP to a growing oligonucleotide chain, rather than on a label attached to the nucleotide. One molecule of PPi is produced per dNTP added to the extension primer. Accordingly, by running sequential reactions with each of the nucleotides, and monitoring the reaction products, the identity of the added base is determined.
- pyrophosphate (PPi) The release of pyrophosphate (PPi) during the DNA polymerase reaction can be quantitatively measured by many different methods and a number of enzymatic methods have been described; see Reeves et al., Anal. Biochem. 28:282 (1969); Guillory et al., Anal. Biochem. 39:170 (1971); Johnson et al., Anal. Biochem. 15:273 (1968); Cook et al., Anal. Biochem. 91:557 (1978); Drake et al., Anal. Biochem. 94:117 (1979); WO93/23564; WO 98/28440; WO98/13523; Nyren et al., Anal. Biochem.
- ELIDA Enzymatic Luminometric Inorganic Pyrophosphate Detection Assay
- a preferred method monitors the creation of PPi by the conversion of PPi to ATP by the enzyme sulfurylase, and the subsequent production of visible light by firefly luciferase (see Ronaghi et al., Science 281:363 (1998), incorporated by reference).
- the four deoxynucleotides dATP, dGTP, dCTP and dTTP; collectively dNTPs
- dATP, dGTP, dCTP and dTTP collectively dNTPs
- dNTPs deoxynucleotides
- a dNTP is only incorporated into the growing DNA strand if it is complementary to the base in the template strand.
- the synthesis of DNA is accompanied by the release of PPi equal in molarity to the incorporated dNTP.
- the PPi is converted to ATP and the light generated by the luciferase is directly proportional to the amount of ATP.
- the unincorporated dNTPs and the produced ATP are degraded between each cycle by the nucleotide degrading enzyme.
- a preferred embodiment of the methods of the invention is as follows.
- a substrate comprising microspheres containing the target sequences and extension primers, forming hybridization complexes, is dipped or contacted with a reaction chamber or well comprising a single type of dNTP, an extension enzyme, and the reagents and enzymes necessary to detect PPi.
- the dNTP is complementary to the base of the target portion of the target sequence adjacent to the extension primer, the dNTP is added, releasing PPi and generating detectable light in a region or zone around the microsphere, which is detected as generally described in U.S. Ser. Nos. 09/151,877 and 09/189,543, and PCT US98/09163, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- the substrate is then contacted with a second reaction chamber comprising a different dNTP and the additional components of the assay. This process is repeated if the identity of a base at a second detection position is desirable.
- one or more internal control sequences are used. That is, at least one microsphere in the array comprises a known sequence that can be used to verify that the reactions are proceeding correctly. In a preferred embodiment, at least four control sequences are used, each of which has a different nucleotide at each position: the first control sequence will have an adenosine at position 1, the second will have a cytosine, the third a guanosine, and the fourth a thymidine, thus ensuring that at least one control sequence is “lighting up” at each step to serve as an internal control.
- the pyrosequencing systems may be configured in a variety of ways; for example, the target sequence may be attached to the bead in a variety of ways, including direct attachment of the target sequence; the use of a capture probe with a separate extension probe; the use of a capture extender probe, a capture probe and a separate extension probe; the use of adapter sequences in the target sequence with capture and extension probes; and the use of a capture probe that also serves as the extension probe.
- preferred embodiments utilize the attachment, preferably covalently (although as will be appreciated by those in the art, other attachment mechanisms may be used), of the secondary enzymes used to generate the signal.
- the generation and detection of PPi results in a signal in a zone around a discrete site on an array. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the method of the invention finds use in detecting any enzyme that produces PPi. Enzymes that produce PPi include, but are not limited to nucleotide cyclases, nucleotide polymerases and the like.
- Bioactive agent Alkaline phosphatase
- Target substrate fluorescein diphosphate (FDP)
- Reported dye ratio 1:1 ratio of DilC:TRC, where DilC is 1,1′,3,3,3′,3′-hexamethyl-indodicarbocyanine iodide and TRC is Texas Red cadaverine
- a range of ratios of light intensities are selected that are representative of the optical signature for the dye ratio of the subpopulation based on the quantum yield of the two dyes.
- the optical signature for this subpopulation is:
- Bioactive agent B-Galactosidase
- Target substrate fluorescein di-B-galactopyranoside (FDG)
- Reporter dye ratio 10:1 ratio of DilC:TRC which translates to an optical signature of:
- Bioactive agent B-glucuronidase
- Target substrate fluorescein di-B-D-glucuronide (FDGicu).
- Reporter dye ratio 1:10 ratio of DilC:TRC, which translates to an optical signature of:
- DilC background 0.2136+0.03
- the respective enzymes on the microspheres catalyze the breakdown of the substrates producing fluorescein which is fluorescent, emitting light at 530 nanometers when excited at 490 nm.
- the production of fluorescein localized to particular beads is then monitored.
- the localization of fluorescein around the microspheres is increased by using a substrate solution of 90% glycerol and 10% substrate. The glycerol inhibits the generated fluorescein from diffusing away from the microsphere reaction sites.
- the substrate solution is then introduced and CCD images acquired every 30 seconds to a minute for 30 minutes While illuminating the microspheres with 490 nm light and collecting emissions in the 530 nm range. Fiber is then placed back in the buffer solution and another background image captured. Those beads that generate a signal indicative of fluorescein production are decoded. Depending in the ratio of the intensity of light from the two reporter dyes, DilC:TRC, the bioactive agent of the optically active beads may be decoded according to the following table.
- FIGS. 8A-8C are images generated by the CCD 236 when the bead populations are exposed to fluorescein diphosphate.
- FIG. 8A illustrates the signals from the alkaline phosphatase microspheres when excited at 490 nm and recording emissions at 530 nm, emissions at this wavelength being indicative of fluorescein production.
- FIG. 8B shows the image captured by the CCD when the microspheres are excited at 577 nm and emissions at 670 nm are recorded. This wavelength is an encoding wavelength indicative of the concentration of DilC on the microspheres.
- FIG. 8C shows the image when the microspheres are excited with 577 nm light and emissions in the 610 nm range are recorded being indicative of the concentration of TRC in the microspheres.
- FIGS. 9A and 9B are images when the microspheres are exposed to fluorescein ⁇ -d-galactosidase.
- FIG. 9A shows emissions at 530 nm indicative of the fluorescein production; and
- FIG. 9B shows light emitted at the 670 nm range indicative of the presence of DilC.
- FIGS. 8A-8C and 9 A- 9 B illustrate that fluorescein production around the microspheres may be detected as an optical signature change indicative of reactions involving the bioactive agent of the microspheres.
- the micrographs also illustrate that the optical signatures may be decoded to determine the chemical functionalities on each microsphere.
- subpopulation A xrabbit antibodies (Ab) were affixed to the surface of the microspheres; in subpopulation B, xgoat antibodies were affixed to the microspheres; and in subpopulation C, xmouse antibodies were affixed to the microspheres.
- subpopulation B xrabbit antibodies (Ab) were affixed to the surface of the microspheres; in subpopulation B, xgoat antibodies were affixed to the microspheres; and in subpopulation C, xmouse antibodies were affixed to the microspheres.
- the fiber bundle may be placed in a buffer. This removes the background florescence leaving only the Ab-Ag signal.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Nanotechnology (AREA)
- Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Composite Materials (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 09/786,896, filed Sep. 10, 1999, now pending, which is a national phase application of PCT application US 99/20914, which claims priority of U.S. Ser. No. 09/151,877, filed Sep. 11, 1998, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,327,410, issued Dec. 4, 2001, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 08/818,199, filed Mar. 14, 1997, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,023,540, issued Feb. 8, 2000. This application is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 09/840,012, filed Apr. 20, 2001, now pending, which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 09/450,829, filed Nov. 29, 1999, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,266,459, issued Jul. 24, 2001, which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 08/818,199, filed Mar. 14, 1997, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,023,540, issued Feb. 8, 2000. This application is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 09/925,292, filed Aug. 8, 2001, now pending, which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 09/151,877, filed Sep. 11, 1998, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,327,410, issued Dec. 4, 2001, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 08/818,199, filed Mar. 14, 1997, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,023,540, issued Feb. 8, 2000. This application is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 09/816,651, filed Mar. 23, 2001, now pending, which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 09/450,829, filed Nov. 29, 1999, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,266,459, issued Jul. 24, 2001, which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 08/818,199, filed Mar. 14, 1997, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,023,540, issued Feb. 8, 2000. All of the above patent applications are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
- The use of optical fibers and optical fiber strands in combination with light absorbing dyes for chemical analytical determinations has undergone rapid development, particularly within the last decade. The use of optical fibers for such purposes and techniques is described by Milanovich et al., “Novel Optical Fiber Techniques For Medical Application”, Proceedings of the SPIE 28th Annual International Technical Symposium On Optics and Electro-Optics, Volume 494, 1980; Seitz, W. R., “Chemical Sensors Based On Immobilized Indicators and Fiber Optics” in C.R.C. Critical Reviews In Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 19,1988, pp. 135-173; Wolfbeis, O. S., “Fiber Optical Fluorosensors In Analytical Chemistry” in Molecular Luminescence Spectroscopy, Methods and Applications (S. G. Schulman, editor), Wiley & Sons, New York (1988); Angel, S. M., Spectroscopy 2 (4):38 (1987); Walt, et al., “Chemical Sensors and Microinstrumentation”, ACS Symposium Series, Vol. 403,1989, p. 252, and Wolfbeis, O. S., Fiber Optic Chemical Sensors, Ed. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1991, 2nd Volume.
- When using an optical fiber in an in vitro/in vivo sensor, one or more light absorbing dyes are located near its distal end. Typically, light from an appropriate source is used to illuminate the dyes through the fiber's proximal end. The light propagates along the length of the optical fiber; and a portion of this propagated light exits the distal end and is absorbed by the dyes. The light absorbing dye may or may not be immobilized; may or may not be directly attached to the optical fiber itself; may or may not be suspended in a fluid sample containing one or more analytes of interest; and may or may not be retainable for subsequent use in a second optical determination.
- Once the light has been absorbed by the dye, some light of varying wavelength and intensity returns, conveyed through either the same fiber or collection fiber(s) to a detection system where it is observed and measured. The interactions between the light conveyed by the optical fiber and the properties of the light absorbing dye provide an optical basis for both qualitative and quantitative determinations.
- Of the many different classes of light absorbing dyes which conventionally are employed with bundles of fiber strands and optical fibers for different analytical purposes are those more common compositions that emit light after absorption termed “fluorophores” and those which absorb light and internally convert the absorbed light to heat, rather than emit it as light, termed “chromophores.”
- Fluorescence is a physical phenomenon based upon the ability of some molecules to absorb light (photons) at specified wavelengths and then emit light of a longer wavelength and at a lower energy. Substances able to fluoresce share a number of common characteristics: the ability to absorb light energy at one wavelength λab; reach an excited energy state; and subsequently emit light at another light wavelength, λem. The absorption and fluorescence emission spectra are individual for each fluorophore and are often graphically represented as two separate curves that are slightly overlapping. The same fluorescence emission spectrum is generally observed irrespective of the wavelength of the exciting light and, accordingly, the wavelength and energy of the exciting light may be varied within limits; but the light emitted by the fluorophore will always provide the same emission spectrum. Finally, the strength of the fluorescence signal may be measured as the quantum yield of light emitted. The fluorescence quantum yield is the ratio of the number of photons emitted in comparison to the number of photons initially absorbed by the fluorophore. For more detailed information regarding each of these characteristics, the following references are recommended: Lakowicz, J. R., Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Plenum Press, New York, 1983; Freifelder, D., Physical Biochemistry, second edition, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, 1982; “Molecular Luminescence Spectroscopy Methods and Applications: Part I” (S. G. Schulman, editor) in Chemical Analysis, vol. 77, Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1985; The Theory of Luminescence, Stepanov and Gribkovskii, Iliffe Books, Ltd., London, 1968.
- In comparison, substances which absorb light and do not fluoresce usually convert the light into heat or kinetic energy. The ability to internally convert the absorbed light identifies the dye as a “chromophore.” Dyes which absorb light energy as chromophores do so at individual wavelengths of energy and are characterized by a distinctive molar absorption coefficient at that wavelength. Chemical analysis employing fiber optic strands and absorption spectroscopy using visible and ultraviolet light wavelengths in combination with the absorption coefficient allow for the determination of concentration for specific analyses of interest by spectral measurement. The most common use of absorbance measurement via optical fibers is to determine concentration which is calculated in accordance with Beers' law; accordingly, at a single absorbance wavelength, the greater the quantity of the composition which absorbs light energy at a given wavelength, the greater the optical density for the sample. In this way, the total quantity of light absorbed directly correlates with the quantity of the composition in the sample.
- Many of the recent improvements employing optical fiber sensors in both qualitative and quantitative analytical determinations concern the desirability of depositing and/or immobilizing various light absorbing dyes at the distal end of the optical fiber. In this manner, a variety of different optical fiber chemical sensors and methods have been reported for specific analytical determinations and applications such as pH measurement, oxygen detection, and carbon dioxide analyses. These developments are exemplified by the following publications: Freeman, et al., Anal Chem. 53:98 (1983); Lippitsch et al., Anal. Chem. Acta. 205:1, (1988); Wolfbeis et al., Anal. Chem. 60:2028 (1988); Jordan, et al., Anal. Chem. 59:437 (1987); Lubbers et al., Sens. Actuators 1983; Munkholm et al., Talanta 35:109 (1988); Munkholm et al., Anal. Chem. 58:1427 (1986); Seitz, W. R., Anal. Chem. 56:16 A-34A (1984); Peterson, et al., Anal. Chem. 52:864 (1980): Saari, et al., Anal. Chem. 54:821 (1982); Saari, et al., Anal. Chem. 55:667 (1983); Zhujun et al., Anal. Chem. Acta. 160:47 (1984); Schwab, et al., Anal. Chem. 56:2199 (1984); Wolfbeis, O. S., “Fiber Optic Chemical Sensors”, Ed. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1991, 2nd Volume; and Pantano, P., Walt, D. R., Anal. Chem., 481A-487A, Vol. 67, (1995).
- More recently, fiber optic sensors have been constructed that permit the use of multiple dyes with a single, discrete fiber optic bundle. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,244,636 and 5,250,264 to Walt, et al. disclose systems for affixing multiple, different dyes on the distal end of the bundle, the teachings of each of these patents being incorporated herein by this reference. The disclosed configurations enable separate optical fibers of the bundle to optically access individual dyes. This avoids the problem of deconvolving the separate signals in the returning light from each dye, which arises when the signals from two or more dyes are combined, each dye being sensitive to a different analyte, and there is significant overlap in the dyes' emission spectra.
- In the two previous patents multiple chemical functionalities were placed at the end of a single optical fiber bundle sensor. This configuration yielded an analytic chemistry sensor that could be remotely monitored via the typically small bundle. A potential drawback, however, was the difficulty in applying the various chemistries associated with the chemical functionalities; the functionalities were built on the sensor in a serial fashion. Accordingly, compositions and methods are desirable that allow the generation of large arrays that can be either encoded or decoded to allow the detection of target analytes. The arrays can be fiber optic arrays or arrays on other array substrates and can include microspheres.
- Accordingly, in one aspect the invention provides a method of detecting a target analyte in a sample comprising providing an array comprising an array substrate, wherein the array substrate is other than a fiber optic bundle, and at least first and second sites wherein first and second reaction components are immobilized at said first and second sites, respectively, contacting said array substrate with the sample and detecting a change in an optical property around at least the first site as an indication of the interaction between the target analyte and at least the first reaction component.
- In addition the invention provides a method of detecting a target analyte in a sample comprising providing an array comprising an array substrate comprising discrete sites and a population of microspheres comprising at least first and second subpopulations comprising first and second reaction components respectively and a detection molecule. The method further includes contacting the array with the sample and detecting a change in an optical property around at least the first microsphere as an indication of the interaction between the target analyte and at least the first reaction component.
- The invention also provides a method of detecting an enzymatic reaction comprising providing an array comprising an array substrate comprising discrete sites, and a population of microspheres randomly distributed on the array substrate, wherein the microspheres comprise at least one enzyme, contacting the array with a sample comprising a target analyte, wherein the target analyte is an enzyme substrate, monitoring a signal in a region surrounding the microspheres, whereby detection of the signal provides an indication of the reaction between the enzyme and the enzyme substrate.
- In addition the invention provides a method of detecting an enzymatic reaction comprising providing an array comprising an array substrate comprising discrete sites and a population of microspheres randomly distributed on said array substrate, the population comprising first and second subpopulations, wherein the first and second subpopulations comprise first and second discrete oligonucleotides, respectively, attached to the microspheres, contacting the array with a composition comprising an enzyme, monitoring a signal in a region surrounding the microspheres, whereby detection of the signal provides an indication of the reaction between the enzyme and at least one of the discrete oligonucleotides.
- In the accompanying drawings, reference characters refer to the same parts throughout the different views. The drawings are not necessarily to scale; emphasis has instead been placed upon illustrating the principles of the invention. Of the drawings:
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating the optical signature encoding and chemical functionalizing of the microspheres according to the present invention; -
FIG. 2 is a process diagram describing the preparation, encoding, and functionalizing of the microspheres of the present invention; -
FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a microsphere system including microspheres with different chemical functionalities and encoded descriptions of the functionalities; -
FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the inventive fiber optic sensor and associated instrumentation and control system; -
FIGS. 5A and 5B are micrographs illustrating the preferred technique for attaching or affixing the microspheres to the distal end of the optical fiber bundle; -
FIG. 6 is a process diagram describing well formation in the optical fiber bundle and affixation of the microspheres in the wells; -
FIGS. 7A and 7B are micrographs showing the array of microspheres in their corresponding wells prior and subsequent to physical agitation, tapping and air pulsing, demonstrating the electrostatic binding of the microspheres in the wells; -
FIGS. 8A , 8B, and 8C are micrographs from alkaline phosphatase microspheres when exposed to fluorescein diphosphate, at the fluorescein emission wavelength, at an encoding wavelength for DilC, and at an encoding wavelength for TRC, respectively; -
FIGS. 9A and 9B are micrographs showing the optical signal from β-galactosidase microspheres when exposed to fluorescein β-galactopyranoside at the fluorescein emission wavelength and at an encoding wavelength for DilC, respectively; and -
FIGS. 10A and 10B are micrographs showing the optical response from rabbit antibody microspheres prior to and post, respectively, exposure to fluorescein labeled antigens. -
FIGS. 11A and 11B are micrographs depicting the optical response from beads synthesized with DNA on the bead surface, following a 10 min. hybridization with a Cy3-labeled probe complementary to the sequence of the DNA immobilized on the bead. Beads were randomly distributed on A) an etched optical imaging fiber or B) a patterned polymer (polyurethane) substrate (a chip). Following hybridization with 5 nM Cy3-labeled probe, the substrates were placed in buffer for optical readout on an imaging system. A) was imaged through the proximal end, with the distal (beaded) end in buffer solution. B) was imaged directly from the top, through a coverslip. -
FIGS. 12A , 12B and 12C are micrographs depicting the optical responses between different substrates. The substrate in A) and B) is an etched optical imaging fiber, and the substrate in C) is a chip. Data were obtained as described inFIG. 11 , and quantified to determine mean intensity and variability. - The present invention is based on the combination of high-density arrays and a novel detection mechanism wherein labels or signals are detected on an array in a region surrounding a site on the array. That is, previously, detection on arrays involved the detection of targets while the targets were attached to the array or array substrate. However, the present invention provides methods and compositions for monitoring the presence of a target analyte by detecting a change in an optical property around at least a first discrete site on an array.
- In one embodiment, the present invention is based on two synergistic inventions: 1) the development of a bead-based analytic chemistry system in which beads, also termed microspheres, carrying different chemical functionalities may be mixed together while the ability is retained to identify the functionality of each bead using an optically interrogatable encoding scheme (an “optical signature”); and 2) the use of a substrate comprising a patterned surface containing individual sites that can bind or associate individual beads. In preferred embodiments the substrate is patterned. This allows the synthesis of the bioactive agents (i.e. compounds such as nucleic acids and antibodies) to be separated from their placement on an array, i.e. the bioactive agents may be synthesized on the beads, and then the beads are randomly distributed on a patterned surface. Since the beads are first coded with an optical signature, this means that the array can later be “decoded”, i.e. after the array is made, a correlation of the location of an individual site on the array with the bead or bioactive agent at that particular site can be made. This means that the beads may be randomly distributed on the array, a fast and inexpensive process as compared to either the in situ synthesis or spotting techniques of the prior art. Once the array is loaded with the beads, the array can be decoded, or can be used, with full or partial decoding occurring after testing, as is more fully outlined below.
- Accordingly, the present invention provides array compositions comprising at least a first substrate with a surface comprising individual sites. By “array” herein is meant a plurality of bioactive agents in an array format; the size of the array will depend on the composition and end use of the array. Arrays containing from about 2 different bioactive agents (i.e. different beads) to many millions can be made, with very large fiber optic arrays being possible. Generally, the array will comprise from two to as many as a billion or more, depending on the size of the beads and the substrate, as well as the end use of the array, thus very high density, high density, moderate density, low density and very low density arrays may be made. Preferred ranges for very high density arrays are from about 10,000,000 to about 2,000,000,000, with from about 100,000,000 to about 1,000,000,000 being preferred. High density arrays range about 100,000 to about 10,000,000, with from about 1,000,000 to about 5,000,000 being particularly preferred. Moderate density arrays range from about 10,000 to about 50,000 being particularly preferred, and from about 20,000 to about 30,000 being especially preferred. Low density arrays are generally less than 10,000, with from about 1,000 to about 5,000 being preferred. Very low density arrays are less than 1,000, with from about 10 to about 1000 being preferred, and from about 100 to about 500 being particularly preferred. In some embodiments, the compositions of the invention may not be in array format; that is, for some embodiments, compositions comprising a single bioactive agent may be made as well. In addition, in some arrays, multiple substrates may be used, either of different or identical compositions. Thus for example, large arrays may comprise a plurality of smaller substrates.
- In addition, one advantage of the present compositions is that particularly through the use of fiber optic technology, extremely high density arrays can be made. Thus for example, because beads of 200 nm can be used, and very small fibers are known, it is possible to have as many as 250,000 different fibers and beads in a 1 mm2 fiber optic bundle, with densities of greater than 15,000,000 individual beads and fibers per 0.5 cm2 obtainable.
- The compositions comprise a substrate. By “substrate”, “array substrate” or “solid support” or other grammatical equivalents herein is meant any material that can be modified to contain discrete individual sites appropriate for the attachment or association of beads and is amenable to at least one detection method. As will be appreciated by those in the art, the number of possible substrates are very large, and include, but are not limited to, glass and modified or functionalized glass, plastics (including acrylics, polystyrene and copolymers of styrene and other materials, polypropylene, polyethylene, polybutylene, polyurethanes, TeflonJ, etc.), polysaccharides, nylon or nitrocellulose, composite materials, ceramics, and plastic resins, silica or silica-based materials including silicon and modified silicon, carbon, metals, inorganic glasses, plastics, optical fiber bundles, and a variety of other polymers. In general, the substrates allow optical detection and do not appreciably fluoresce.
- In one embodiment, the substrate does not comprise the ends of an optical fiber bundle.
- In one embodiment, the substrate is planar, although as will be appreciated by those in the art, other configurations of substrates may be used as well; for example, three dimensional configurations can be used, for example by embedding the beads in a porous block of plastic that allows sample access to the beads and using a confocal microscope for detection. Similarly, the beads may be placed on the inside surface of a tube, for flow-through sample analysis to minimize sample volume. Preferred substrates include optical fiber bundles as discussed below, and flat planar substrates such as glass, polystyrene and other plastics and acrylics.
- In one embodiment, at least one surface of the substrate is modified to contain discrete, individual sites for later association of microspheres. These sites may comprise physically altered sites, i.e. physical configurations such as wells or small depressions in the substrate that can retain the beads, such that a microsphere can rest in the well, or the use of other forces (magnetic or compressive), or chemically altered or active sites, such as chemically functionalized sites, electrostatically altered sites, hydrophobically/hydrophilically functionalized sites, spots of adhesive, etc.
- The sites may be a pattern, i.e. a regular design or configuration, or randomly distributed. A preferred embodiment utilizes a regular pattern of sites such that the sites may be addressed in the X-Y coordinate plane. “Pattern” in this sense includes a repeating unit cell, preferably one that allows a high density of beads on the substrate. However, it should be noted that these sites may not be discrete sites. That is, it is possible to use a uniform surface of adhesive or chemical functionalities, for example, that allows the attachment of beads at any position. That is, the surface of the substrate is modified to allow attachment of the microspheres at individual sites, whether or not those sites are contiguous or non-contiguous with other sites. Thus, the surface of the substrate may be modified such that discrete sites are formed that can only have a single associated bead, or alternatively, the surface of the substrate is modified and beads may go down anywhere, but they end up at discrete sites.
- In one embodiment, the surface of the substrate is modified to contain wells, i.e. depressions in the surface of the substrate. This may be done as is generally known in the art using a variety of techniques, including, but not limited to, photolithography, stamping techniques, molding techniques and microetching techniques. As will be appreciated by those in the art, the technique used will depend on the composition and shape of the substrate.
- In one embodiment, physical alterations are made in a surface of the substrate to produce the sites. In a preferred embodiment, the substrate is a fiber optic bundle and the surface of the substrate is a terminal end of the fiber bundle. In this embodiment, wells are made in a terminal or distal end of a fiber optic bundle comprising individual fibers. In this embodiment, the cores of the individual fibers are etched, with respect to the cladding, such that small wells or depressions are formed at one end of the fibers. The required depth of the wells will depend on the size of the beads to be added to the wells.
- In this embodiment, the microspheres suitably are non-covalently associated in the wells, although the wells may additionally be chemically functionalized as is generally described below, cross-linking agents may be used, or a physical barrier may be used, i.e. a film or membrane over the beads.
- In a further embodiment, the surface of the substrate is modified to contain chemically modified sites, that can be used to attach, either covalently or non-covalently, the microspheres of the invention to the discrete sites or locations on the substrate. “Chemically modified sites” in this context includes, but is not limited to, the addition of a pattern of chemical functional groups including amino groups, carboxy groups, oxo groups and thiol groups, that can be used to covalently attach microspheres, which generally also contain corresponding reactive functional groups; the addition of a pattern of adhesive that can be used to bind the microspheres (either by prior chemical functionalization for the addition of the adhesive or direct addition of the adhesive); the addition of a pattern of charged groups (similar to the chemical functionalities) for the electrostatic attachment of the microspheres, i.e. when the microspheres comprise charged groups opposite to the sites; the addition of a pattern of chemical functional groups that renders the sites differentially hydrophobic or hydrophilic, such that the addition of similarly hydrophobic or hydrophilic microspheres under suitable experimental conditions will result in association of the microspheres to the sites on the basis of hydroaffinity. For example, the use of hydrophobic sites with hydrophobic beads, in an aqueous system, drives the association of the beads preferentially onto the sites. As outlined above, “pattern” in this sense includes the use of a uniform treatment of the surface to allow attachment of the beads at discrete sites, as well as treatment of the surface resulting in discrete sites. As will be appreciated by those in the art, this may be accomplished in a variety of ways.
- The compositions of the invention further comprise a population of microspheres. By “population” herein is meant a plurality of beads as outlined above for arrays. Within the population are separate subpopulations, which can be a single microsphere or multiple identical microspheres. That is, in some embodiments, as is more fully outlined below, the array may contain only a single bead for each bioactive agent; preferred embodiments utilize a plurality of beads of each type.
- By “microspheres” or “beads” or “particles” or grammatical equivalents herein is meant small discrete particles. The composition of the beads will vary, depending on the class of bioactive agent and the method of synthesis. Suitable bead compositions include those used in peptide, nucleic acid and organic moiety synthesis, including, but not limited to, plastics, ceramics, glass, polystyrene, methylstyrene, acrylic polymers, paramagnetic materials, thoria sol, carbon graphited, titanium dioxide, latex or cross-linked dextrans such as Sepharose, cellulose, nylon, cross-linked micelles and teflon may all be used. “Microsphere Detection Guide” from Bangs Laboratories, Fishers Ind. is a helpful guide.
- The beads need not be spherical; irregular particles may be used. In addition, the beads may be porous, thus increasing the surface area of the bead available for either bioactive agent attachment or tag attachment. The bead sizes range from nanometers, i.e. 100 nm, to millimeters, i.e. 1 mm, with beads from about 0.2 micron to about 200 microns being preferred, and from about 0.5 to about 5 micron being particularly preferred, although in some embodiments smaller beads may be used.
-
FIG. 1 illustrates the construction of a bead ormicrosphere 10 according to the principles of the present invention. In common with the prior art, themicrosphere 10 is given abioactive agent 12, which is typically applied to the microsphere's surface. The bioactive agent is designed so that in the presence of the analyte(s) to which it is targeted, an optical signature of the microsphere, possibly including region surrounding it, is changed. - It should be noted that a key component of the invention is the use of a substrate/bead pairing that allows the association or attachment of the beads at discrete sites on the surface of the substrate, such that the beads do not move during the course of the assay.
- In one embodiment each microsphere comprises two components: a bioactive agent and an optical signature.
- By “candidate bioactive agent” or “bioactive agent” or “chemical functionality” or “binding ligand” herein is meant as used herein describes any molecule, e.g., protein, oligopeptide, small organic molecule, polysaccharide, polynucleotide, etc. which can be attached to the microspheres of the invention. It should be understood that the compositions of the invention have two primary uses. In a preferred embodiment, as is more fully outlined below, the compositions are used to detect the presence of a particular target analyte; for example, the presence or absence of a particular nucleotide sequence or a particular protein, such as an enzyme, an antibody or an antigen. In an alternate preferred embodiment, the compositions are used to screen bioactive agents, i.e. drug candidates, for binding to a particular target analyte.
- Bioactive agents encompass numerous chemical classes, though typically they are organic molecules, preferably small organic compounds having a molecular weight of more than 100 and less than about 2,500 daltons. Bioactive agents comprise functional groups necessary for structural interaction with proteins, particularly hydrogen bonding, and typically include at least an amine, carbonyl, hydroxyl or carboxyl group, preferably at least two of the functional chemical groups. The bioactive agents often comprise cyclical carbon or heterocyclic structures and/or aromatic or polyaromatic structures substituted with one or more of the above functional groups. Bioactive agents are also found among biomolecules including peptides, nucleic acids, saccharides, fatty acids, steroids, purines, pyrimidines, derivatives, structural analogs or combinations thereof. Particularly preferred are nucleic acids and proteins.
- Bioactive agents can be obtained from a wide variety of sources including libraries of synthetic or natural compounds. For example, numerous means are available for random and directed synthesis of a wide variety of organic compounds and biomolecules, including expression of randomized oligonucleotides. Alternatively, libraries of natural compounds in the form of bacterial, fungal, plant and animal extracts are available or readily produced. Additionally, natural or synthetically produced libraries and compounds are readily modified through conventional chemical, physical and biochemical means. Known pharmacological agents may be subjected to directed or random chemical modifications, such as acylation, alkylation, esterification and/or amidification to produce structural analogs.
- In a preferred embodiment, the bioactive agents are proteins. By “protein” herein is meant at least two covalently attached amino acids, which includes proteins, polypeptides, oligopeptides and peptides. The protein may be made up of naturally occurring amino acids and peptide bonds, or synthetic peptidomimetic structures. Thus “amino acid”, or “peptide residue”, as used herein means both naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids. For example, homo-phenylalanine, citrulline and norleucine are considered amino acids for the purposes of the invention. The side chains may be in either the (R) or the (S) configuration. In the preferred embodiment, the amino acids are in the (S) or L-configuration. If non-naturally occurring side chains are used, non-amino acid substituents may be used, for example to prevent or retard in vivo degradations.
- In one preferred embodiment, the bioactive agents are naturally occurring proteins or fragments of naturally occurring proteins. Thus, for example, cellular extracts containing proteins, or random or directed digests of proteinaceous cellular extracts, may be used. In this way libraries of procaryotic and eukaryotic proteins may be made for screening in the systems described herein. Particularly preferred in this embodiment are libraries of bacterial, fungal, viral, and mammalian proteins, with the latter being preferred, and human proteins being especially preferred.
- In a preferred embodiment, the bioactive agents are peptides of from about 5 to about 30 amino acids, with from about 5 to about 20 amino acids being preferred, and from about 7 to about 15 being particularly preferred. The peptides may be digests of naturally occurring proteins as is outlined above, random peptides, or “biased” random peptides. By “randomized” or grammatical equivalents herein is meant that each nucleic acid and peptide consists of essentially random nucleotides and amino acids, respectively. Since generally these random peptides (or nucleic acids, discussed below) are chemically synthesized, they may incorporate any nucleotide or amino acid at any position. The synthetic process can be designed to generate randomized proteins or nucleic acids, to allow the formation of all or most of the possible combinations over the length of the sequence, thus forming a library of randomized bioactive proteinaceous agents.
- In a preferred embodiment, a library of bioactive agents are used. The library should provide a sufficiently structurally diverse population of bioactive agents to effect a probabilistically sufficient range of binding to target analytes. Accordingly, an interaction library must be large enough so that at least one of its members will have a structure that gives it affinity for the target analyte. Although it is difficult to gauge the required absolute size of an interaction library, nature provides a hint with the immune response: a diversity of 107-108 different antibodies provides at least one combination with sufficient affinity to interact with most potential antigens faced by an organism. Published in vitro selection techniques have also shown that a library size of 107 to 108 is sufficient to find structures with affinity for the target. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, at least 106, preferably at least 107, more preferably at least 108 and most preferably at least 109 different bioactive agents are simultaneously analyzed in the subject methods. Preferred methods maximize library size and diversity.
- In one embodiment, the library is fully randomized, with no sequence preferences or constants at any position. In a preferred embodiment, the library is biased. That is, some positions within the sequence are either held constant, or are selected from a limited number of possibilities. For example, in a preferred embodiment, the nucleotides or amino acid residues are randomized within a defined class, for example, of hydrophobic amino acids, hydrophilic residues, sterically biased (either small or large) residues, towards the creation of cysteines, for cross-linking, prolines for SH-3 domains, serines, threonines, tyrosines or histidines for phosphorylation sites, etc., or to purines, etc.
- In a preferred embodiment, the bioactive agents are nucleic acids (generally called “probe nucleic acids” or “candidate probes” herein). By “nucleic acid” or “oligonucleotide” or grammatical equivalents herein means at least two nucleotides covalently linked together. A nucleic acid of the present invention will generally contain phosphodiester bonds, although in some cases, as outlined below, nucleic acid analogs are included that may have alternate backbones, comprising, for example, phosphoramide (Beaucage, et al., Tetrahedron, 49(10):1925 (1993) and references therein; Letsinger, J. Org. Chem., 35:3800 (1970); Sprinzl, et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 81:579 (1977); Letsinger, e t al., Nucl. Acids Res., 14:3487 (1986); Sawai, et al., Chem. Lett., 805 (1984), Letsinger, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 110:4470 (1988); and Pauwels, et al., Chemica Scripta, 26:141 (1986)), phosphorothioate (Mag, et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 19:1437 (1991); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,644,048), phosphorodithioate (Briu, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 111:2321 (1989)), O-methylphosphoroamidite linkages (see Eckstein, Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press), and peptide nucleic acid backbones and linkages (see Egholm, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114:1895 (1992); Meier, et al., Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 31:1008 (1992); Nielsen, Nature, 365:566 (1993); Carlsson, et al., Nature, 380:207 (1996), all of which are incorporated by reference)). Other analog nucleic acids include those with positive backbones (Denpcy, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 92:6097 (1995)); non-ionic backbones (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,386,023; 5,637,684; 5,602,240; 5,216,141; and 4,469,863; Kiedrowshi, et al., Angew. Chem. Intl. Ed. English, 30:423 (1991); Letsinger, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 110:4470 (1988); Letsinger, et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 13:1597 (1994); Chapters 2 and 3, ASC Symposium Series 580, “Carbohydrate Modifications in Antisense Research”, Ed. Y. S. Sanghui and P. Dan Cook; Mesmaeker, et al., Bioorganic & Medicinal Chem. Lett., 4:395 (1994); Jeffs, et al., J. Biomolecular NMR, 34:17 (1994); Tetrahedron Lett., 37:743 (1996)) and non-ribose backbones, including those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,235,033 and 5,034,506, and Chapters 6 and 7, ASC Symposium Series 580, “Carbohydrate Modifications in Antisense Research”, Ed. Y. S. Sanghui and P. Dan Cook. Nucleic acids containing one or more carbocyclic sugars are also included within the definition of nucleic acids (see Jenkins, et al., Chem. Soc. Rev., (1995) pp. 169-176). Several nucleic acid analogs are described in Rawls, C & E News, Jun. 2, 1997, page 35. All of these references are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. These modifications of the ribose-phosphate backbone may be done to facilitate the addition of additional moieties such as labels, or to increase the stability and half-life of such molecules in physiological environments. In addition, mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs can be made. Alternatively, mixtures of different nucleic acid analogs, and mixtures of naturally occurring nucleic acids and analogs may be made. The nucleic acids may be single stranded or double stranded, as specified, or contain portions of both double stranded or single stranded sequence. The nucleic acid may be DNA, both genomic and cDNA, RNA or a hybrid, where the nucleic acid contains any combination of deoxyribo- and ribo-nucleotides, and any combination of bases, including uracil, adenine, thymine, cytosine, guanine, inosine, xanthanine, hypoxanthanine, isocytosine, isoguanine, and basepair analogs such as nitropyrrole and nitroindole, etc.
- As described above generally for proteins, nucleic acid bioactive agents may be naturally occurring nucleic acids, random nucleic acids, or “biased” random nucleic acids. For example, digests of procaryotic or eukaryotic genomes may be used as is outlined above for proteins.
- In general, probes of the present invention are designed to be complementary to a target sequence (either the target analyte sequence of the sample or to other probe sequences, as is described herein), such that hybridization of the target and the probes of the present invention occurs. This complementarity need not be perfect; there may be any number of base pair mismatches that will interfere with hybridization between the target sequence and the single stranded nucleic acids of the present invention. However, if the number of mutations is so great that no hybridization can occur under even the least stringent of hybridization conditions, the sequence is not a complementary target sequence. Thus, by “substantially complementary” herein is meant that the probes are sufficiently complementary to the target sequences to hybridize under the selected reaction conditions. High stringency conditions are known in the art; see for example Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2d Edition, 1989, and Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, ed. Ausubel, et al., both of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures. An extensive guide to the hybridization of nucleic acids is found in Tijssen, Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology—Hybridization with Nucleic Acid Probes, “Overview of principles of hybridization and the strategy of nucleic acid assays” (1993). Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5-10° C. lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium (as the target sequences are present in excess, at Tm, 50% of the probes are occupied at equilibrium). Stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion concentration (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30° C. for short probes (e.g. 10 to 50 nucleotides) and at least about 60° C. for long probes (e.g. greater than 50 nucleotides). Stringent conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents such as formamide. In another embodiment, less stringent hybridization conditions are used; for example, moderate or low stringency conditions may be used, as are known in the art; see Maniatis and Ausubel, supra, and Tijssen, supra.
- The term “target sequence” or grammatical equivalents herein means a nucleic acid sequence on a single strand of nucleic acid. The target sequence may be a portion of a gene, a regulatory sequence, genomic DNA, cDNA, RNA including mRNA and rRNA, or others. It may be any length, with the understanding that longer sequences are more specific. As will be appreciated by those in the art, the complementary target sequence may take many forms. For example, it may be contained within a larger nucleic acid sequence, i.e. all or part of a gene or mRNA, a restriction fragment of a plasmid or genomic DNA, among others. As is outlined more fully below, probes are made to hybridize to target sequences to determine the presence or absence of the target sequence in a sample. Generally speaking, this term will be understood by those skilled in the art.
- In a preferred embodiment, the bioactive agents are organic chemical moieties, a wide variety of which are available in the literature.
- In a preferred embodiment, each bead comprises a single type of bioactive agent, although a plurality of individual bioactive agents are preferably attached to each bead. Similarly, preferred embodiments utilize more than one microsphere containing a unique bioactive agent; that is, there is redundancy built into the system by the use of subpopulations of microspheres, each microsphere in the subpopulation containing the same bioactive agent.
- As will be appreciated by those in the art, the bioactive agents may either be synthesized directly on the beads, or they may be made and then attached after synthesis. In a preferred embodiment, linkers are used to attach the bioactive agents to the beads, to allow both good attachment, sufficient flexibility to allow good interaction with the target molecule, and to avoid undesirable binding reactions.
- In a preferred embodiment, the bioactive agents are synthesized directly on the beads. As is known in the art, many classes of chemical compounds are currently synthesized on solid supports, such as peptides, organic moieties, and nucleic acids. It is a relatively straightforward matter to adjust the current synthetic techniques to use beads.
- In a preferred embodiment, the bioactive agents are synthesized first, and then covalently attached to the beads. As will be appreciated by those in the art, this will be done depending on the composition of the bioactive agents and the beads. The functionalization of solid support surfaces such as certain polymers with chemically reactive groups such as thiols, amines, carboxyls, etc. is generally known in the art. Accordingly, “blank” microspheres may be used that have surface chemistries that facilitate the attachment of the desired functionality by the user. Some examples of these surface chemistries for blank microspheres are listed in Table I.
-
TABLE I Surface chemistry Name: NH2 Amine COOH Carboxylic Acid CHO Aldehyde CH2—NH2 Aliphalic Amine CONH2 Amide CH2—C1 Chloromethyl CONH—NH2 Hydrazide OH Hydroxyl SO4 Sulfate SO3 Sulfonate ArNH2 Aromatic Amine - These functional groups can be used to add any number of different bioactive agents to the beads, generally using known chemistries. For example, bioactive agents containing carbohydrates may be attached to an amino-functionalized support; the aldehyde of the carbohydrate is made using standard techniques, and then the aldehyde is reacted with an amino group on the surface. In an alternative embodiment, a sulfhydryl linker may be used. There are a number of sulfhydryl reactive linkers known in the art such as SPDP, maleimides, α-haloacetyls, and pyridyl disulfides (see for example the 1994 Pierce Chemical Company catalog, technical section on cross-linkers, pages 155-200, incorporated herein by reference) which can be used to attach cysteine containing proteinaceous agents to the support. Alternatively, an amino group on the bioactive agent may be used for attachment to an amino group on the surface. For example, a large number of stable bifunctional groups are well known in the art, including homobifunctional and heterobifunctional linkers (see Pierce Catalog and Handbook, pages 155-200). In an additional embodiment, carboxyl groups (either from the surface or from the bioactive agent) may be derivatized using well known linkers (see the Pierce catalog). For example, carbodiimides activate carboxyl groups for attack by good nucleophiles such as amines (see Torchilin et al., Critical Rev. Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 7(4):275-308 (1991), expressly incorporated herein). Proteinaceous bioactive agents may also be attached using other techniques known in the art, for example for the attachment of antibodies to polymers; see Slinkin et al., Bioconj. Chem. 2:342-348 (1991); Torchilin et al., supra; Trubetskoy et al., Bioconj. Chem. 3:323-327 (1992); King et al., Cancer Res. 54:6176-6185 (1994); and Wilbur et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 5:220-235 (1994), all of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference). It should be understood that the bioactive agents may be attached in a variety of ways, including those listed above. What is important is that manner of attachment does not significantly alter the functionality of the bioactive agent; that is, the bioactive agent should be attached in such a flexible manner as to allow its interaction with a target.
- Specific techniques for immobilizing enzymes on microspheres are known in the prior art. In one case, NH2 surface chemistry microspheres are used. Surface activation is achieved with a 2.5% glutaraldehyde in phosphate buffered saline (10 mM) providing a pH of 6.9. (138 mM NaCl, 2.7 mM, KCl). This is stirred on a stir bed for approximately 2 hours at room temperature. The microspheres are then rinsed with ultrapure water plus 0.01% tween 20 (surfactant) −0.02%, and rinsed again with a pH 7.7 PBS plus 0.01% tween 20. Finally, the enzyme is added to the solution, preferably after being prefiltered using a 0.45 μm amicon micropure filter.
- In addition to a bioactive agent, the microspheres comprise an optical signature that can be used to identify the attached bioactive agent. That is, each subpopulation of microspheres comprise a unique optical signature or optical tag that can be used to identify the unique bioactive agent of that subpopulation of microspheres; a bead comprising the unique optical signature may be distinguished from beads at other locations with different optical signatures. As is outlined herein, each bioactive agent will have an associated unique optical signature such that any microspheres comprising that bioactive agent will be identifiable on the basis of the signature. As is more fully outlined below, it is possible to reuse or duplicate optical signatures within an array, for example, when another level of identification is used, for example when beads of different sizes are used, or when the array is loaded sequentially with different batches of beads.
- In a preferred embodiment, the optical signature is generally a mixture of reporter dyes, preferably fluorescent. By varying both the composition of the mixture (i.e. the ratio of one dye to another) and the concentration of the dye (leading to differences in signal intensity), matrices of unique tags may be generated. This may be done by covalently attaching the dyes to the surface of the beads, or alternatively, by entrapping the dye within the bead. The dyes may be chromophores or phosphors but are preferably fluorescent dyes, which due to their strong signals provide a good signal-to-noise ratio for decoding. Suitable dyes for use in the invention include, but are not limited to, fluorescent lanthanide complexes, including those of Europium and Terbium, fluorescein, rhodamine, tetramethylrhodamine, eosin, erythrosin, coumarin, methyl-coumarins, pyrene, Malacite green, stilbene, Lucifer Yellow, Cascade Blue™, Texas Red, and others described in the 1989-1991 Molecular Probes Handbook by Richard P. Haugland, hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
- In a preferred embodiment, the encoding can be accomplished in a ratio of at least two dyes, although more encoding dimensions may be added in the size of the beads, for example. In addition, the labels are distinguishable from one another; thus two different labels may comprise different molecules (i.e. two different fluors) or, alternatively, one label at two different concentrations or intensity.
- In a preferred embodiment, the dyes are covalently attached to the surface of the beads. This may be done as is generally outlined for the attachment of the bioactive agents, using functional groups on the surface of the beads. As will be appreciated by those in the art, these attachments are done to minimize the effect on the dye.
- In a preferred embodiment, the dyes are non-covalently associated with the beads, generally by entrapping the dyes in the bead matrix or pores of the beads. Referring to the embodiment of
FIG. 1 ,reporter dyes 14 are added to themicrosphere 10 with the encoding occurring in the ratio of two or more dyes. Thereporter dyes 14 may be chromophore-type. Fluorescent dyes, however, are preferred because the strength of the fluorescent signal provides a better signal-to-noise ratio when decoding. Additionally, encoding in the ratios of the two or more dyes, rather than single dye concentrations, is preferred since it provides insensitivity to the intensity of light used to interrogate the reporter dye's signature and detector sensitivity. - In one embodiment, the dyes are added to the bioactive agent, rather than the beads, although this is generally not preferred.
-
FIG. 2 is a process diagram illustrating the preparation of the microspheres. Instep 50, an aliquot of stock microspheres are vacuum filtered to produce a dry cake. In one implementation, microsphere copolymers of methylstyrene (87%) and divinylbenzene (13%) are used that have a 3.1 micrometer (μm) diameter. The dry cake is then broken apart and a dye solution added to it instep 52 to encode optical signatures of the microspheres with information concerning the intended surface chemical functionalities. Dyes may be covalently bonded to the microspheres' surface, but this consumes surface binding sites desirably reserved for the chemical functionalities. Preferably, the microspheres are placed in a dye solution comprising a ratio of two or more fluorescent reporter dyes dissolved in an organic solvent that will swell the microspheres, e.g., dimethylformamide (DMF). The length of time the microspheres are soaked in the dye solution will determine their intensity and the broadness of the ratio range. - In an exemplary two dye system, Texas Red Cadaverine (TRC) is used, which is excited at λab=580 mm and emits at λem=630 mm, in combination with indodicarbocyanine (DilC): 610/670 (λab/λem). Generally, dyes are selected to be compatible with the chemistries involved in the analysis and to be spectrally compatible. This avoids deconvolution problems associated with determining signal contributions based on the presence of both the analyte and the encoding dye ratios contributing to an overlapping emission spectral region.
- Examples of other dyes that can be used are Oxazin (662/705), IR-144 (745/825), IR-140 (776/882), IR-125 (786/800) from Exciton, and Bodipy 665/676 from Molecular Probes, and Naphthofluorescein (605/675) also from Molecular Probes. Lathanide complexes may also be used. Fluorescent dyes emitting in other than the near infrared may also be used. Chromophore dyes are still another alternative that produce an optically interrogatable signature, as are more exotic formulations using Raman scattering-based dyes or polarizing dyes, for example. The ability of a particular dye pair to encode for different chemical functionalities depends on the resolution of the ratiometric measurement. Conservatively, any dye pair should provide the ability to discriminate at least twenty different ratios. The number of unique combinations of two dyes made with a particular dye set is shown in the following Table II.
-
TABLE II Number of Combinations dyes in set possible 3 3 4 6 5 10 6 15 - Thus, using six dyes and twenty distinct ratios for each dye pair, 300 separate chemical functionalities may be encoded in a given population of microspheres. Combining more than two dyes provides additional diversity in the encoding combinations. Furthermore, the concentration of the dyes will contribute to their intensity; thus intensity is another way to increase the number of unique optical signatures.
- In
step 54, the microspheres are vacuum filtered to remove excess dye. The microspheres are then washed in water or other liquid that does not swell the microspheres, but in which the dyes are still soluble. This allows the residual dye to be rinsed off without rinsing the dye out of the microspheres. - In
step 56, the bioactive agent is attached to the microsphere surface if not already present. It should be understood that surface chemistries may be present throughout the microsphere's volume, and not limited to the physical circumferential surface. - Once the microspheres are made comprising at least one bioactive agent and an optical signature, the microspheres are added to discrete sites on the surface of the substrate. This can be done in a number of ways, but generally comprises adding the beads to the surface under conditions that will allow the association of the microspheres on or at the discrete sites. The association of the beads on the surface may comprise a covalent bonding of the bead to the surface, for example when chemical attachment sites are added to both the substrate and the bead; an electrostatic or hydroaffinity, when charge, hydrophobicity or hydrophilicity is used as the basis of the binding; a physical yet non-covalent attachment such as the use of an adhesive; or a spatial attachment, for example the localization of a bead within a well. In some embodiments it may be preferable to effect a more permanent attachment after the initial localization, for example through the use of cross-linking agents, a film or membrane over the array.
-
FIG. 3 schematically illustrates a microsphere system, or array of microspheres, 100 formed from microsphere populations that have different bioactive agents. While a large number of microspheres and bioactive agents may be employed, in this example only three microsphere populations are shown. The individual populations, or subpopulations, of microspheres are represented as 10 a,10 b,10 c carrying respective bioactive agents orprobe sequences - Typically, with conventional methods, mixing microsphere populations having different bioactive agents results in the loss of information regarding the selectivity for each of the corresponding target sequences. In a solution of microspheres with each of the
probe sequences target sequences fluorescent marker dye 64 concentration is observed on themicrospheres 10. However, with conventional approaches, typically there is no way to determine which bioactive agent orprobe sequence - However, with the
microsphere system 100 and method of the present invention, each microsphere in each subpopulation is encoded with a common optical signature. In the illustrated example, the subpopulation represented bymicrosphere 10 a has a two reporter dye ratio of 10:1; the subpopulation ofmicrospheres 10 b has a ratio of 1:1 of the same reporter dyes, and subpopulation ofmicrospheres 10 c has a ratio of 1:10 of the reporter dyes. - Thus, the randomly mixed subpopulations of microspheres are useful as an analytic chemistry system based on each of the carried bioactive agents 60 a-60 c separately. The microsphere array or
system 100 is exposed to an analyte of interest to which some of the bioactive agents may interact. Any interaction changes the optical response of the corresponding microspheres by, for example, binding afluorescent dye 64 to the microspheres. By identifying the chemical functionalities of the microsphere in which the optical signature has changed, using the encoded dye combinations, information regarding the chemical identity and concentration of an analyte may be gained based upon the interaction or noninteraction of each bioactive agent contained in themicrosphere system 100. - The microspheres exhibiting activity or changes in their optical signature may be identified by a conventional optical train and optical detection system. Decoding can also be performed either manually or automatically with the aid of a computer. Depending on the particular encoding or reporter dyes used and their operative wavelengths, optical filters designed for a particular wavelengths may be employed for optical interrogation of the microspheres of bioactive agents. In a preferred embodiment, the analytic chemistry microsphere system is used in conjunction with an optical fiber bundle or fiber optic array as a substrate.
-
FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram showing a microsphere-based analytic chemistry system employing afiber optic assembly 200 with an optical detection system. Thefiber optic assembly 200 comprises a fiber optic bundle orarray 202, that is constructed from clad fibers so that light does not mix between fibers. A microsphere array or system, 100 is attached to the bundle'sdistal end 212, with theproximal end 214 being received by a z-translation stage 216 andx-y micropositioner 218. These two components act in concert to properly position theproximal end 214 of thebundle 202 for a microscopeobjective lens 220. Light collected by theobjective lens 220 is passed to a reflected light fluorescence attachment with threepointer cube slider 222. Theattachment 222 allows insertion of light from a 75Watt Xe lamp 224 through theobjective lens 220 to be coupled into thefiber bundle 202. The light from thesource 224 is condensed by condensinglens 226, then filtered and/or shuttered by filter andshutter wheel 228, and subsequently passes through aND filter slide 230. - Light returning from the
distal end 212 of thebundle 202 is passed by theattachment 222 to amagnification changer 232 which enables adjustment of the image size of the fiber's proximal or distal end. Light passing through themagnification changer 232 is then shuttered and filtered by asecond wheel 234. The light is then imaged on a charge coupled device (CCD)camera 236. Acomputer 238 executes imaging processing software to process the information from theCCD camera 236 and also possibly control the first and second shutter and filterwheels fiber sensor 200, i.e., to the left of the proximal end of thebundle 202 is discussed more completely by Bronk, et al., Anal. Chem. 1995, Vol. 67, number 17, pp. 2750-2752. - The microsphere array or
system 100 may be attached to the distal end of the optical fiber bundle using a variety of compatible processes. It is important that the microspheres are located close to the end of the bundle. This ensures that the light returning in each optical fiber predominantly comes from only a single microsphere. This feature is necessary to enable the interrogation of the optical signature of individual microspheres to identify reactions involving the microsphere's functionality and also to decode the dye ratios contained in those microspheres. The adhesion or affixing technique, however, must not chemically insulate the microspheres from the analyte. -
FIGS. 5A and 5B are micrographs of thedistal end 212 of thebundle 202 illustrating the preferred technique for attaching themicrospheres 10 to thebundle 202.Wells 250 are formed at the center of eachoptical fiber 252 of thebundle 202. As shown inFIG. 5B , the size of thewells 250 are coordinated with the size of themicrospheres 10 so that themicrospheres 10 can be placed within thewells 250. Thus, eachoptical fiber 252 of thebundle 202 conveys light from thesingle microsphere 10 contained in 5 its well. Consequently, by imaging the end of thebundle 202 onto theCCD array 236, the optical signatures of themicrospheres 10 are individually interrogatable. -
FIG. 6 illustrates how themicrowells 250 are formed andmicrospheres 10 placed in the wells. A 1 mm hexagonally-packed imaging fiber contains approximately 20,600 individual optical fibers that have cores approximately 3.7 μm across (Part No. ET26 from Galileo Fibers). Typically, the cores of each fiber are hexagonally shaped as a result the starting preform; that is, during drawing the fiber does not usually change shape. In some cases, the shape can be circular, however. - In
step 270, both the proximal anddistal ends fiber bundle 202 are successively polished on 12 μm, 9 μm, 3 μm, 1 μm, and 0.3 μm lapping films. Subsequently, the ends can be inspected for scratches on an atomic force microscope. Instep 272, a representative etching is performed on thedistal end 212 of thebundle 202. A solution of 0.2 grams NH4F (ammonium fluoride) with 600 μl distilled H2O and 100μ1 of HF (hydrofluoric acid), 50% stock solution, may be used. Thedistal end 212 is etched in this solution for a specified time, preferably approximately 30 to 600 seconds, with about 80 seconds being preferred. - Upon removal from this solution, the bundle end is immediately placed in deionized water to stop any further etching in
step 274. The fiber is then rinsed in running tap water. At this stage, sonication is preferably performed for several minutes to remove any salt products from the reaction. The fiber is then allowed to air dry. - The foregoing procedure produces wells by the anisotropic etching of the
fiber cores 254 favorably with respect to thecladding 256 for each fiber of thebundle 202. The wells have approximately the diameter of thecores 254, 3.7 μm. This diameter is selected to be slightly larger than the diameters of the microspheres used, 3.1 μm, in the example. The preferential etching occurs because the pure silica of thecores 254 etches faster in the presence of hydrofluoric acid than the germanium-dopedsilica claddings 256. - The microspheres are then placed in the
wells 250 instep 276 according to a number of different techniques. The placement of the microspheres may be accomplished by dripping a solution containing the desired randomly mixed subpopulations of the microspheres over thedistal end 212, sonicating the bundle to settle the microspheres in the wells, and allowing the microsphere solvent to evaporate. Alternatively, the subpopulations could be added serially to the bundle end.Microspheres 10 may then be fixed into thewells 250 by using a dilute solution of sulfonated Nafion that is dripped over the end. Upon solvent evaporation, a thin film of Nafion was formed over the microspheres which holds them in place. This approach is compatible for fixing microspheres for pH indication that carry FITC functionality. The resulting array of fixed microspheres retains its pH sensitivity due to the permeability of the sulfonated Nafion to hydrogen ions. This approach, however, can not be employed generically as Nafion is impermeable to most water soluble species. A similar approach can be employed with different polymers. For example, solutions of polyethylene glycol, polyacrylamide, or polyhydroxymethyl methacrylate (polyHEMA) can be used in place of Nafion, providing the requisite permeability to aqueous species. - An alternative fixation approach employs microsphere swelling to entrap each
microsphere 10 in itscorresponding microwell 250. In this approach, the microspheres are first distributed into themicrowells 250 by sonicating the microspheres suspended in a non-swelling solvent in the presence of the microwell array on thedistal end 212. After placement into the microwells, the microspheres are subsequently exposed to an aqueous buffer in which they swell, thereby physically entrapping them, analogous to muffins rising in a muffin tin. - In general, the methods of making the arrays and of decoding the arrays is done to maximize the number of different candidate agents that can be uniquely encoded. The compositions of the invention may be made in a variety of ways. In general, the arrays are made by adding a solution or slurry comprising the beads to a surface containing the sites for attachment of the beads. This may be done in a variety of buffers, including aqueous and organic solvents, and mixtures. The solvent can evaporate, and excess beads removed.
- In a preferred embodiment, when non-covalent methods are used to associate the beads to the array, a novel method of loading the beads onto the array is used. This method comprises exposing the array to a solution of particles (including microspheres and cells) and then applying energy, e.g. agitating or vibrating the mixture. This results in an array comprising more tightly associated particles, as the agitation is done with sufficient energy to cause weakly-associated beads to fall off (or out, in the case of wells). These sites are then available to bind a different bead. In this way, beads that exhibit a high affinity for the sites are selected. Arrays made in this way have two main advantages as compared to a more static loading: first of all, a higher percentage of the sites can be filled easily, and secondly, the arrays thus loaded show a substantial decrease in bead loss during assays. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, these methods are used to generate arrays that have at least about 50% of the sites filled, with at least about 75% being preferred, and at least about 90% being particularly preferred. Similarly, arrays generated in this manner preferably lose less than about 20% of the beads during an assay, with less than about 10% being preferred and less than about 5% being particularly preferred.
- In this embodiment, the substrate comprising the surface with the discrete sites is immersed into a solution comprising the particles (beads, cells, etc.). The surface may comprise wells, as is described herein, or other types of sites on a patterned surface such that there is a differential affinity for the sites. This differential affinity results in a competitive process, such that particles that will associate more tightly are selected. Preferably, the entire surface to be “loaded” with beads is in fluid contact with the solution. This solution is generally a slurry ranging from about 10, 000:1 beads:solution (vol:vol) to 1:1. Generally, the solution can comprise any number of reagents, including aqueous buffers, organic solvents, salts, other reagent components, etc. In addition, the solution preferably comprises an excess of beads; that is, there are more beads than sites on the array. Preferred embodiments utilize two-fold to billion-fold excess of beads.
- The immersion can mimic the assay conditions; for example, if the array is to be “dipped” from above into a microtiter plate comprising samples, this configuration can be repeated for the loading, thus minimizing the beads that are likely to fall out due to gravity.
- Once the surface has been immersed, the substrate, the solution, or both are subjected to a competitive process, whereby the particles with lower affinity can be disassociated from the substrate and replaced by particles exhibiting a higher affinity to the site. This competitive process is done by the introduction of energy, in the form of heat, sonication, stirring or mixing, vibrating or agitating the solution or substrate, or both.
- A preferred embodiment utilizes agitation or vibration. In general, the amount of manipulation of the substrate is minimized to prevent damage to the array; thus, preferred embodiments utilize the agitation of the solution rather than the array, although either will work. As will be appreciated by those in the art, this agitation can take on any number of forms, with a preferred embodiment utilizing microtiter plates comprising bead solutions being agitated using microtiter plate shakers.
- The agitation proceeds for a period of time sufficient to load the array to a desired fill. Depending on the size and concentration of the beads and the size of the array, this time may range from about 1 second to days, with from about 1 minute to about 24 hours being preferred.
- It should be noted that not all sites of an array may comprise a bead; that is, there may be some sites on the substrate surface which are empty. In addition, there may be some sites that contain more than one bead, although this is not preferred.
- One of the most common microsphere formations is tentagel, a styrene-polyethylene glycol co-polymer. These microspheres are unswollen in nonpolar solvents such as hexane and swell approximately 20-40% in volume upon exposure to a more polar or aqueous media. This approach is extremely desirable since it does not significantly compromise the diffusional or permeability properties of the microspheres themselves.
-
FIGS. 7A and 7B show polymer coatedmicrospheres 12 inwells 250 after their initial placement and then after tapping and exposure to air pulses.FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate that there is no appreciable loss of microspheres from the wells due to mechanical agitation even without a specific fixing technique. This effect is probably due to electrostatic forces between the microspheres and the optical fibers. These forces tend to bind the microspheres within the wells. Thus, in most environments, it may be unnecessary to use any chemical or mechanical fixation for the microspheres. - In a preferred embodiment, particularly when wells are used, a sonication step may be used to place beads in the wells.
- It should be noted that not all sites of an array may comprise a bead; that is, there may be some sites on the substrate surface which are empty. In addition, there may be some sites that contain more than one bead, although this is not preferred.
- In some embodiments, for example when chemical attachment is done, it is possible to attach the beads in a non-random or ordered way. For example, using photoactivatible attachment linkers or photoactivatible adhesives or masks, selected sites on the array may be sequentially rendered suitable for attachment, such that defined populations of beads are laid down.
- In addition, since the size of the array will be set by the number of unique optical signatures, it is possible to “reuse” a set of unique optical signatures to allow for a greater number of test sites. This may be done in several ways; for example, by using a positional coding scheme within an array; different sub-bundles may reuse the set of optical signatures. Similarly, one embodiment utilizes bead size as a coding modality, thus allowing the reuse of the set of unique optical signatures for each bead size. Alternatively, sequential partial loading of arrays with beads can also allow the reuse of optical signatures.
- In a preferred embodiment, a spatial or positional coding system is done. In this embodiment, there are sub-bundles or subarrays (i.e. portions of the total array) that are utilized. By analogy with the telephone system, each subarray is an “area code”, that can have the same tags (i.e. telephone numbers) of other subarrays, that are separated by virtue of the location of the subarray. Thus, for example, the same unique tags can be reused from bundle to bundle. Thus, the use of 50 unique tags in combination with 100 different subarrays can form an array of 5000 different bioactive agents. In this embodiment, it becomes important to be able to identify one bundle from another; in general, this is done either manually or through the use of marker beads, i.e. beads containing unique tags for each subarray.
- In alternative embodiments, additional encoding parameters can be added, such as microsphere size. For example, the use of different size beads may also allow the reuse of sets of optical signatures; that is, it is possible to use microspheres of different sizes to expand the encoding dimensions of the microspheres. Optical fiber arrays can be fabricated containing pixels with different fiber diameters or cross-sections; alternatively, two or more fiber optic bundles, each with different cross-sections of the individual fibers, can be added together to form a larger bundle; or, fiber optic bundles with fiber of the same size cross-sections can be used, but just with different sized beads. With different diameters, the largest wells can be filled with the largest microspheres and then moving onto progressively smaller microspheres in the smaller wells until all size wells are then filled. In this manner, the same dye ratio could be used to encode microspheres of different sizes thereby expanding the number of different oligonucleotide sequences or chemical functionalities present in the array. Although outlined for fiber optic substrates, this as well as the other methods outlined herein can be used with other substrates and with other attachment modalities as well.
- In a preferred embodiment, the coding and decoding is accomplished by sequential loading of the microspheres into the array. As outlined above for spatial coding, in this embodiment, the optical signatures can be “reused”. In this embodiment, the library of microspheres each comprising a different bioactive agent (or the subpopulations each comprise a different bioactive agent), is divided into a plurality of sublibraries; for example, depending on the size of the desired array and the number of unique tags, 10 sublibraries each comprising roughly 10% of the total library may be made, with each sublibrary comprising roughly the same unique tags. Then, the first sublibrary is added to the fiber optic bundle comprising the wells, and the location of each bioactive agent is determined, using its optical signature. The second sublibrary is then added, and the location of each optical signature is again determined. The signal in this case will comprise the “first” optical signature and the “second” optical signature; by comparing the two matrices the location of each bead in each sublibrary can be determined. Similarly, adding the third, fourth, etc. sublibraries sequentially will allow the array to be filled.
- Thus, arrays are made of a large spectrum of chemical functionalities utilizing the compositions of invention comprising microspheres and substrates with discrete sites on a surface. Specifically, prior art sensors which can be adapted for use in the present invention include four broad classifications of microsphere sensors: 1) basic indicator chemistry sensors; 2) enzyme-based sensors; 3) immuno-based sensors (both of which are part of a broader general class of protein sensors); and 4) geno-sensors.
- In a preferred embodiment, the bioactive agents are used to detect chemical compounds. A large number of basic indicator sensors have been previously demonstrated. Examples include:
-
TABLE III TARGET ANALYTE Bioactive agent NOTES (λAB/λEM) pH Sensors based on: seminaphthofluoresceins e.g., carboxyl-SNAFL seminaphthorhodafluors e.g., carboxyl-SNARF 8-hydroxypyrene-1,3,6-trisulfonic acid Fluorescein CO2 Sensors based On: seminaphthofluoresceins e.g., carboxyl-SNAFL seminaphthorhodafluors e.g., carbody-SNARF 8-hydroxypyrene-1,3,6-trisulfonic acid Metal Ions Sensors based on: desferriozamine B e.g., Fe cyclen derivative e.g., Cu, Zn derivatized peptides e.g., FITC-Gly-Gly-His, and FITC-Gly His, Cu, Zn fluorexon (calcine) e.g., Ca, Mg, Cu, Pb, Ba calcine blue e.g., Ca, Mg, Cu methyl calcine blue e.g., Ca, Mg, Cu ortho-dianisidine tetracetic acid e.g., Zn (ODTA) bis-salicylidene ethylenediamine e.g., Al (SED) N-(6-methozy-8-quinolyl-p- e.g., Zn toluenesulfonamine (TSQ) Indo-1 e.g., Mn, Ni Fura-2 e.g., Mn, Ni Magesium Green e.g., Mg, Cd, Tb O2 Siphenylisobenzofuran 409/476 Methoxyvinyl pyrene 352/401 Nitrite diaminonaphthalene 340/377 NO Luminal 355/411 dihydrohodamine 289/none Ca2+ Bis-fura 340/380 Calcium Green visible light/530 Fura-2 340/380 Indo-1 405/485 Fluo-3 visible light/525 Rhod-2 visible light/570 Mg2+ Mag-Fura-2 340/380 Mag-Fura-5 340/380 Mag-Indo-1 405/485 Magnesium Green 475/530 Magnesium Orange visible light/545 Zn2+ Newport Green 506/535 TSQ Methoxy-Quinobyl 334/385 Cu+ Phen Green 492/517 Na+ SBFI 339/565 SBFO 354/575 Sodium Green 506/535 K+ PBFI 336/557 Cl− SPQ 344/443 MQAE 350/460 - Each of the chemicals listed in Table III directly produces an optically interrogatable signal or a change in the optical signature, as is more fully outlined below, in the presence of the targeted analyte.
- Enzyme-based microsphere sensors have also been demonstrated and could be manifest on microspheres. Examples include:
-
TABLE IV SENSOR TARGET Bioactive agent Glucose Sensor glucose oxidase (enz.) + O2-sensitive dye (see Table I) Penicillin Sensor penicillinase (enz.) + pH-sensitive dye (see Table I) Urea Sensor urease (enz.) + pH-sensitive dye (see Table I) Acetylcholine Sensor acetylcholinesterase (enz.) + pH-sensitive dye (see Table I) - Generally, as more fully outlined above, the induced change in the optical signal due to the presence of the enzyme-sensitive chemical analyte occurs indirectly in this class of chemical functionalities. The microsphere-bound enzyme, e.g., glucose oxidase, decomposes the target analyte, e.g., glucose, consume a co-substrate, e.g., oxygen, or produce some by-product, e.g., hydrogen peroxide. An oxygen sensitive dye is then used to trigger the signal change. Thus, the product of the reaction is detected in a zone around the microsphere. That is, the product is not immobilized to the microsphere as is the enzyme, but rather the product is released from the microsphere-immobilized enzyme and detected in a region surrounding the microsphere.
- Immuno-based microsphere sensors have been demonstrated for the detection for environmental pollutants such as pesticides, herbicides, PCB's and PAH's. Additionally, these sensors have also been used for diagnostics, such as bacterial (e.g., leprosy, cholera, lyme disease, and tuberculosis), viral (e.g., HIV, herpes simplex, cytomegalovirus), fungal (e.g., aspergillosis, candidiasis, cryptococcoses), Mycoplasmal (e.g., mycoplasmal pneumonia), Protozoal (e.g., amoebiasis, toxoplasmosis), Rickettsial (e.g., Rocky Mountain spotted fever), and pregnancy tests.
- Microsphere genosensors may also be made (see the Examples). These are typically constructed by attaching a probe sequence to the microsphere surface chemistry, typically via an NH2 group. A fluorescent dye molecule, e.g., fluorescein, is attached to the target sequence, which is in solution. The optically interrogatable signal change occurs with the binding of the target sequences to the microsphere. This produces a higher concentration of dye surrounding the microsphere than in the solution generally. A few demonstrated probe and target sequences, see Ferguson, J. A. et al. Nature Biotechnology, Vol. 14, December 1996, are listed below in Table V.
-
TABLE V PROBE SEQUENCES TARGET SEQUENCES B-glo(+)(segment of human B-globin)5′-NH2- B-glo(+)-CF (CH2)8-)TT TTT TTT TCA ACT TCA TCC ACG 5′-Fluorescein-TC AAC GTG GAT GAA GTT C- TTC ACC-3 3′ IFNG(interferon gamma 1)5′-NH2-(CH2)8-T12- IFNG-CF TGG CTT CTC TTG GCT GTT ACT-3′ 5′-Fluorescein-AG TAA CAG CCA AGA GAA CCC AAA-3′ IL2(interleukin-2)5′-NH2-(CH2)8-T12-TA ACC IL2-CF GAA TCC CAA ACT CAC CAG-3′ 5′-Fluorescein-CT GGT GAG TTT GGG ATT CTT GTA-3′ IL4(interleukin-4)5′NH2-(CH2)8-T12-CC AAC IL4-CF TGC TTC CCC CTC TGT-3′ 5′-Fluorescein-AC AGA GGG GGA AGC AGT TGG-3′ IL6(interleukin-6)5′NH2-(CH2)8-T12-GT TGG IL6-CF GTC AGG GGT GGT TAT T-3′ 5′-Fluorescein-AA TAA CCA CCC CTG ACC CAA C-3′ - It should be further noted that the genosensors can be based on the use of hybridization indicators as the labels. Hybridization indicators preferentially associate with double stranded nucleic acid, usually reversibly. Hybridization indicators include intercalators and minor and/or major groove binding moieties. In a preferred embodiment, intercalators may be used; since intercalation generally only occurs in the presence of double stranded nucleic acid, only in the presence of target hybridization will the label light up.
- The present invention may be used with any or all of these types of sensors. As will be appreciated by those in the art, the type and composition of the sensor will vary widely, depending on the composition of the target analyte. That is, sensors may be made to detect nucleic acids, proteins (including enzyme sensors and immunosensors), lipids, carbohydrates, etc; similarly, these sensors may include bioactive agents that are nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, etc. In addition, a single array sensor may contain different binding ligands for multiple types of analytes; for example, an array sensor for HIV may contain multiple nucleic acid probes for direct detection of the viral genome, protein binding ligands for direct detection of the viral particle, immuno-components for the detection of anti-HIV antibodies, etc.
- In addition to the beads and the substrate, the compositions of the invention may include other components, such as light sources, optical components such as lenses and filters, detectors, computer components for data analysis, etc.
- The arrays of the present invention are constructed such that information about the identity of the bioactive agent is built into the array, such that the random deposition of the beads on the surface of the substrate can be “decoded” to allow identification of the bioactive agent at all positions. This may be done in a variety of ways.
- In a preferred embodiment, the beads are loaded onto the substrate and then the array is decoded, prior to running the assay. This is done by detecting the optical signature associated with the bead at each site on the array. This may be done all at once, if unique optical signatures are used, or sequentially, as is generally outlined above for the “reuse” of sets of optical signatures. Alternatively, decoding may occur after the assay is run.
- Once made and decoded if necessary, the compositions find use in a number of applications. Generally, a sample containing a target analyte (whether for detection of the target analyte or screening for binding partners of the target analyte) is added to the array, under conditions suitable for binding of the target analyte to at least one of the bioactive agents, i.e. generally physiological conditions. The presence or absence of the target analyte is then detected. As will be appreciated by those in the art, this may be done in a variety of ways, generally through the use of a change in an optical signal. This change can occur via many different mechanisms. A few examples include the binding of a dye-tagged analyte to the bead, the production of a dye species on or near the beads, the destruction of an existing dye species, a change in the optical signature upon analyte interaction with dye on bead, or any other optical interrogatable event.
- In a preferred embodiment, the change in optical signal occurs as a result of the binding of a target analyte that is labeled, either directly or indirectly, with a detectable label, preferably an optical label such as a fluorochrome. Thus, for example, when a proteinaceous target analyte is used, it may be either directly labeled with a fluor, or indirectly, for example through the use of a labeled antibody. Similarly, nucleic acids are easily labeled with fluorochromes, for example during PCR amplification as is known in the art. Alternatively, upon binding of the target sequences, an intercalating dye (e.g., ethidium bromide) can be added subsequently to signal the presence of the bound target to the probe sequence. Upon binding of the target analyte to a bioactive agent, there is a new optical signal generated at that site, which then may be detected.
- Alternatively, in some cases, as discussed above, the target analyte such as an enzyme generates a species (for example, a fluorescent product) that is either directly or indirectly detectable optically.
- Furthermore, in some embodiments, a change in the optical signature may be the basis of the optical signal. For example, the interaction of some chemical target analytes with some fluorescent dyes on the beads may alter the optical signature, thus generating a different optical signal. For example, fluorophore derivatized receptors may be used in which the binding of the ligand alters the signal.
- In a preferred embodiment, sensor redundancy is used. In this embodiment, a plurality of sensor elements, e.g. beads, comprising identical bioactive agents are used. That is, each subpopulation comprises a plurality of beads comprising identical bioactive agents (e.g. binding ligands). By using a number of identical sensor elements for a given array, the optical signal from each sensor element can be combined and any number of statistical analyses run, as outlined below. This can be done for a variety of reasons. For example, in time varying measurements, redundancy can significantly reduce the noise in the system. For non-time based measurements, redundancy can significantly increase the confidence of the data.
- In a preferred embodiment, a plurality of identical sensor elements are used. As will be appreciated by those in the art, the number of identical sensor elements will vary with the application and use of the sensor array. In general, anywhere from 2 to thousands may be used, with from 2 to 100 being preferred, 2 to 50 being particularly preferred and from 5 to 20 being especially preferred. In general, preliminary results indicate that roughly 10 beads gives a sufficient advantage, although for some applications, more identical sensor elements can be used.
- Once obtained, the optical response signals from a plurality of sensor beads within each bead subpopulation can be manipulated and analyzed in a wide variety of ways, including baseline adjustment, averaging, standard deviation analysis, distribution and cluster analysis, confidence interval analysis, mean testing, etc.
- In a preferred embodiment, the first manipulation of the optical response signals is an optional baseline adjustment. In a typical procedure, the standardized optical responses are adjusted to start at a value of 0.0 by subtracting the integer 1.0 from all data points. Doing this allows the baseline-loop data to remain at zero even when summed together and the random response signal noise is canceled out. When the sample is a vapor, the vapor pulse-loop temporal region, however, frequently exhibits a characteristic change in response, either positive, negative or neutral, prior to the vapor pulse and often requires a baseline adjustment to overcome noise associated with drift in the first few data points due to charge buildup in the CCD camera. If no drift is present, typically the baseline from the first data point for each bead sensor is subtracted from all the response data for the same bead. If drift is observed, the average baseline from the first ten data points for each bead sensor is subtracted from the all the response data for the same bead. By applying this baseline adjustment, when multiple bead responses are added together they can be amplified while the baseline remains at zero. Since all beads respond at the same time to the sample (e.g. the vapor pulse), they all see the pulse at the exact same time and there is no registering or adjusting needed for overlaying their responses. In addition, other types of baseline adjustment may be done, depending on the requirements and output of the system used.
- Once the baseline has been adjusted, although in some embodiments this is not required, a number of possible statistical analyses may be run to generate known statistical parameters. Analyses based on redundancy are known and generally described in texts such as Freund and Walpole, Mathematical Statistics, Prentice Hall, Inc. New Jersey, 1980, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- In a preferred embodiment, signal summing is done by simply adding the intensity values of all responses at each time point, generating a new temporal response comprised of the sum of all bead responses. These values can be baseline-adjusted or raw. As for all the analyses described herein, signal summing can be performed in real time or during post-data acquisition data reduction and analysis. In one embodiment, signal summing is performed with a commercial spreadsheet program (Excel, Microsoft, Redmond, Wash.) after optical response data is collected.
- In a preferred embodiment, cumulative response data is generated by simply adding all data points in successive time intervals. This final column, comprised of the sum of all data points at a particular time interval, may then be compared or plotted with the individual bead responses to determine the extent of signal enhancement or improved signal-to-noise ratios as shown in
FIGS. 14 and 15 . - In a preferred embodiment, the mean of the subpopulation (i.e. the plurality of identical beads) is determined, using the well known Equation 1:
-
- In some embodiments, the subpopulation may be redefined to exclude some beads if necessary (for example for obvious outliers, as discussed below).
- In a preferred embodiment, the standard deviation of the subpopulation can be determined, generally using Equation 2 (for the entire subpopulation) and Equation 3 (for less than the entire subpopulation):
-
- As for the mean, the subpopulation may be redefined to exclude some beads if necessary (for example for obvious outliers, as discussed below).
- In a preferred embodiment, statistical analyses are done to evaluate whether a particular data point has statistical validity within a subpopulation by using techniques including, but not limited to, t distribution and cluster analysis. This may be done to statistically discard outliers that may otherwise skew the result and increase the signal-to-noise ratio of any particular experiment. This may be done using Equation 4:
-
- In a preferred embodiment, the quality of the data is evaluated using confidence intervals, as is known in the art. Confidence intervals can be used to facilitate more comprehensive data processing to measure the statistical validity of a result.
- In a preferred embodiment, statistical parameters of a subpopulation of beads are used to do hypothesis testing. One application is tests concerning means, also called mean testing. In this application, statistical evaluation is done to determine whether two subpopulations are different. For example, one sample could be compared with another sample for each subpopulation within an array to determine if the variation is statistically significant.
- In addition, mean testing can also be used to differentiate two different assays that share the same code. If the two assays give results that are statistically distinct from each other, then the subpopulations that share a common code can be distinguished from each other on the basis of the assay and the mean test, shown below in Equation 5:
-
- Furthermore, analyzing the distribution of individual members of a subpopulation of sensor elements may be done. For example, a subpopulation distribution can be evaluated to determine whether the distribution is binomial, Poisson, hypergeometric, etc.
- In addition to the sensor redundancy, a preferred embodiment utilizes a plurality of sensor elements that are directed to a single target analyte but yet are not identical. For example, a single target nucleic acid analyte may have two or more sensor elements each comprising a different probe. This adds a level of confidence as non-specific binding interactions can be statistically minimized. When nucleic acid target analytes are to be evaluated, the redundant nucleic acid probes may be overlapping, adjacent, or spatially separated. However, it is preferred that two probes do not compete for a single binding site, so adjacent or separated probes are preferred. Similarly, when proteinaceous target analytes are to be evaluated, preferred embodiments utilize bioactive agent binding agents that bind to different parts of the target. For example, when antibodies (or antibody fragments) are used as bioactive agents for the binding of target proteins, preferred embodiments utilize antibodies to different epitopes.
- In this embodiment, a plurality of different sensor elements may be used, with from about 2 to about 20 being preferred, and from about 2 to about 10 being especially preferred, and from 2 to about 5 being particularly preferred, including 2, 3, 4 or 5. However, as above, more may also be used, depending on the application.
- As above, any number of statistical analyses may be run on the data from target redundant sensors.
- One benefit of the sensor element summing (referred to herein as “bead summing” when beads are used), is the increase in sensitivity that can occur. Detection limits in the zeptomole range can be observed.
- As will be appreciated by those in the art, in some embodiments, the presence or absence of the target analyte may be determined using changes in other optical or non-optical signals, including, but not limited to, surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy, surface plasmon resonance, radioactivity, etc.
- The assays may be run under a variety of experimental conditions, as will be appreciated by those in the art. A variety of other reagents may be included in the screening assays. These include reagents like salts, neutral proteins, e.g. albumin, detergents, etc which may be used to facilitate optimal protein-protein binding and/or reduce non-specific or background interactions. Also reagents that otherwise improve the efficiency of the assay, such as protease inhibitors, nuclease inhibitors, anti-microbial agents, etc., may be used. The mixture of components may be added in any order that provides for the requisite binding. Various blocking and washing steps may be utilized as is known in the art.
- In a preferred embodiment, the compositions are used to probe a sample solution for the presence or absence of a target analyte. By “target analyte” or “analyte” or grammatical equivalents herein is meant any atom, molecule, ion, molecular ion, compound or particle to be either detected or evaluated for binding partners. As will be appreciated by those in the art, a large number of analytes may be used in the present invention; basically, any target analyte can be used which binds a bioactive agent or for which a binding partner (i.e. drug candidate) is sought.
- Suitable analytes include organic and inorganic molecules, including biomolecules. When detection of a target analyte is done, suitable target analytes include, but are not limited to, an environmental pollutant (including pesticides, insecticides, toxins, etc.); a chemical (including solvents, polymers, organic materials, etc.); therapeutic molecules (including therapeutic and abused drugs, antibiotics, etc.); biomolecules (including hormones, cytokines, proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, carbohydrates, cellular membrane antigens and receptors (neural, hormonal, nutrient, and cell surface receptors) or their ligands, etc); whole cells (including procaryotic (such as pathogenic bacteria) and eukaryotic cells, including mammalian tumor cells); viruses (including retroviruses, herpesviruses, adenoviruses, lentiviruses, etc.); and spores; etc. Particularly preferred analytes are nucleic acids and proteins.
- In a preferred embodiment, the target analyte is a protein. As will be appreciated by those in the art, there are a large number of possible proteinaceous target analytes that may be detected or evaluated for binding partners using the present invention. Suitable protein target analytes include, but are not limited to, (1) immunoglobulins; (2) enzymes (and other proteins); (3) hormones and cytokines (many of which serve as ligands for cellular receptors); and (4) other proteins.
- In a preferred embodiment, the target analyte is a nucleic acid. These assays find use in a wide variety of applications.
- In a preferred embodiment, the probes are used in genetic diagnosis. For example, probes can be made using the techniques disclosed herein to detect target sequences such as the gene for nonpolyposis colon cancer, the BRCA1 breast cancer gene, P53, which is a gene associated with a variety of cancers, the Apo E4 gene that indicates a greater risk of Alzheimer's disease, allowing for easy presymptomatic screening of patients, mutations in the cystic fibrosis gene, or any of the others well known in the art.
- In an additional embodiment, viral and bacterial detection is done using the complexes of the invention. In this embodiment, probes are designed to detect target sequences from a variety of bacteria and viruses. For example, current blood-screening techniques rely on the detection of anti-HIV antibodies. The methods disclosed herein allow for direct screening of clinical samples to detect HIV nucleic acid sequences, particularly highly conserved HIV sequences. In addition, this allows direct monitoring of circulating virus within a patient as an improved method of assessing the efficacy of anti-viral therapies. Similarly, viruses associated with leukemia, HTLV-I and HTLV-II, may be detected in this way. Bacterial infections such as tuberculosis, clymidia and other sexually transmitted diseases, may also be detected.
- In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acids of the invention find use as probes for toxic bacteria in the screening of water and food samples. For example, samples may be treated to lyse the bacteria to release its nucleic acid, and then probes designed to recognize bacterial strains, including, but not limited to, such pathogenic strains as, Salmonella, Campylobacter, Vibrio cholerae, Leishmania, enterotoxic strains of E. coli, and Legionnaire's disease bacteria. Similarly, bioremediation strategies may be evaluated using the compositions of the invention.
- In a further embodiment, the probes are used for forensic “DNA fingerprinting” to match crime-scene DNA against samples taken from victims and suspects.
- In an additional embodiment, the probes in an array are used for sequencing by hybridization.
- The present invention also finds use as a methodology for the detection of mutations or mismatches in target nucleic acid sequences. For example, recent focus has been on the analysis of the relationship between genetic variation and phenotype by making use of polymorphic DNA markers. Previous work utilized short tandem repeats (STRs) as polymorphic positional markers; however, recent focus is on the use of single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), which occur at an average frequency of more than 1 per kilobase in human genomic DNA. Some SNPs, particularly those in and around coding sequences, are likely to be the direct cause of therapeutically relevant phenotypic variants. There are a number of well known polymorphisms that cause clinically important phenotypes; for example, the apoE2/3/4 variants are associated with different relative risk of Alzheimer's and other diseases (see Cordor et al., Science 261 (1993). Multiplex PCR amplification of SNP loci with subsequent hybridization to oligonucleotide arrays has been shown to be an accurate and reliable method of simultaneously genotyping at least hundreds of SNPs; see Wang et al., Science, 280:1077 (1998); see also Schafer et al., Nature Biotechnology 16:33-39 (1998). The compositions of the present invention may easily be substituted for the arrays of the prior art.
- In a preferred embodiment, the compositions of the invention are used to screen bioactive agents to find an agent that will bind, and preferably modify the function of, a target molecule. As above, a wide variety of different assay formats may be run, as will be appreciated by those in the art. Generally, the target analyte for which a binding partner is desired is labeled; binding of the target analyte by the bioactive agent results in the recruitment of the label to the bead, with subsequent detection.
- In a preferred embodiment, the binding of the bioactive agent and the target analyte is specific; that is, the bioactive agent specifically binds to the target analyte. By “specifically bind” herein is meant that the agent binds the analyte, with specificity sufficient to differentiate between the analyte and other components or contaminants of the test sample. However, as will be appreciated by those in the art, it will be possible to detect analytes using binding which is not highly specific; for example, the systems may use different binding ligands, for example an array of different ligands, and detection of any particular analyte is via its “signature” of binding to a panel of binding ligands, similar to the manner in which “electronic noses” work. This finds particular utility in the detection of chemical analytes. The binding should be sufficient to remain bound under the conditions of the assay, including wash steps to remove non-specific binding, although in some embodiments, wash steps are not desired; i.e. for detecting low affinity binding partners. In some embodiments, for example in the detection of certain biomolecules, the dissociation constants of the analyte to the binding ligand will be less than about 10−4-10−6 M−1, with less than about 10−5 to 10−9 M−1 being preferred and less than about 10−7-10−9 M−1 being particularly preferred.
- As described herein, in addition to the use of the sensors for detecting labeled analytes, the invention also provides for the detection of target analytes that affect enzymatic reactions. In general, this embodiment can be described as follows.
- In one aspect the invention provides a method of detecting a target analyte in a sample. In one embodiment the target analyte is a molecule that modulates the activity of an enzyme. Alternatively, the target analyte is itself an enzyme. In addition the invention provides a reaction component that is immobilized at a discrete site on an array.
- By “reaction component” is meant a molecule that affects a reaction, when contacted with other molecules. In a preferred embodiment the reaction is an enzymatic reaction, although it could also include chemical or binding reactions. By “affects” a reaction is meant to include but is not limited to inducing, activating, altering, for example slowing down or speeding up a reaction, or inhibiting a reaction.
- By “immobilized” is meant to affix to a site on an array. In one embodiment immobilization is direct. That is, the reaction component is directly attached to the array. In an alternative embodiment, immobilization is indirect. In this embodiment, the reaction component is attached to the array through an intermediate moiety such as a microsphere. The reaction component is attached to the microsphere or array by any of the methods described herein.
- When the target analyte is an enzyme, the reaction component modulates the activity of the enzyme. In a preferred embodiment the reaction component is a substrate for the enzyme, i.e. “enzyme substrate”. When referring to enzyme substrates or substrates of an enzyme, the skilled artisan will recognize that this refers to a molecule that is converted by an enzyme into a product, as a result of an enzymatic reaction. In this embodiment, the array may include multiple discrete reaction components at different sites on the array. In one embodiment only some of the reaction components are substrates for the enzyme. Than is, a subset or subsets of reaction components are substrates for the enzyme.
- Alternatively, the enzyme is immobilized at the discrete site, and a target analyte modulates the activity of the enzyme (the reaction component in this configuration). As is known in the art, molecules that modulate the activity of enzymes include but are not limited to substrates, co-factors, ligands, agonists, antagonists, inhibitors, and the like.
- In one aspect, the invention provides a method for detecting the product of the enzymatic reaction as an indication of the presence of the enzyme and/or enzyme modulator. That is, upon enzyme activation, a product of the reaction is released from the array where it is detected. In a preferred embodiment, the product of the enzymatic reaction is detected upon its release from the enzyme in a zone around the discrete site where the enzyme and/or target analyte is located. That is, the product is detected in a zone surrounding the site on the array. By “around” or “surrounding” or grammatical equivalents herein is meant near the discrete site on the array. That is, the product is detected remote from or released from the discrete site. While it is appreciated that in some instances not all of the product will be released from the array, in a preferred embodiment substantially all of the product, once converted from the enzyme substrate, is released from the array. By “substantially all” is meant at least about 60 percent, preferably more than about 75 percent and most preferably more than about 85 percent.
- As such, the product is detected not while immobilized, but rather while diffusing from the site. The product can be detected either directly or indirectly. That is, the released product either contains a detectable label or is otherwise directly detectable. Alternatively, the product can be detected indirectly. In this embodiment, the product binds to or associates with other molecules that produce or result in a detectable signal. In a preferred embodiment, the product is a substrate for a molecule such as an enzyme. When the product of the reaction is a substrate for a subsequent enzyme, the subsequent enzyme is a detection molecule as described herein.
- Accordingly, in a preferred embodiment the invention provides a method of detecting a target analyte in a sample. The method includes providing an array as described herein. The array contains discrete sites to which reaction component(s) are attached. In some embodiments, the reaction component(s) are covalently attached. The array is contacted with the sample containing a target analyte and the product of an enzymatic reaction is detected in a region or zone around the site, as an indication of the presence of the target analyte.
- In one embodiment the target analyte is an enzyme. As such, the samples contain at least one enzyme. In this embodiment, the reaction component is a substrate of the enzyme, or in an alternative embodiment, the reaction component is a co-factor. When the reaction component is not a substrate, the appropriate substrate is added to the array, for example in solution phase. In one embodiment each site contains a reaction component, although in another embodiment, each site includes at least two reaction components. That is, multiple reaction components are added in a single site.
- In an alternative embodiment the target analyte is an enzyme substrate. As such, the reaction component is an enzyme. Alternatively, when the reaction component is an enzyme, the target analyte is an enzyme inhibitor.
- The attachment of reaction components including enzymes or enzyme substrates to array sites, particularly beads, is outlined herein and will be appreciated by those in the art. In general, the use of flexible linkers is preferred, as this allows reaction components to interact with target analytes. However, for some types of attachment, linkers are not needed. Attachment proceeds on the basis of the composition of the array site (i.e. either the substrate or the bead, depending on which array system is used) and the composition of the enzyme. In a preferred embodiment, depending on the composition of the array site (e.g. the bead), it will contain chemical functional groups for subsequent attachment of other moieties. For example, beads comprising a variety of chemical functional groups such as amines are commercially available. Preferred functional groups for attachment are amino groups, carboxy groups, oxo groups and thiol groups, with amino groups being particularly preferred. Using these functional groups, the enzymes can be attached using functional groups on the enzymes. For example, enzymes containing amino groups can be attached to particles comprising amino groups, for example using linkers as are known in the art; for example, homo- or hetero-bifunctional linkers as are well known (see 1994 Pierce Chemical Company catalog, technical section on cross-linkers, pages 155-200, incorporated herein by reference). In one embodiment the reaction component is attached via a cleavable linker. By “cleavable linker” is meant a linker designed and intended to be specifically cleaved. Examples of cleavable linkers include photocleavable linkers, acid-cleavable linkers, and the like. Examples of cleavable linkers are outlined in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,083, which is hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
- In an alternative embodiment, at least one of the reaction components is non-cleavable. By “non-cleavable linker” is meant a linker that is not designed or intended to be specifically cleaved. That is, while the non-cleavable linkers are not resistant to all cleavage agents, the linker is not used so that the molecule to which it is attached can be released from the array. Thus, in contrast to the linkers as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,063, the use of non-cleavable linkers to attach reaction components to the array results in a stable attachment of the reaction molecules.
- In one embodiment the array comprises microspheres to which the reaction component is attached or reaction components are attached. Microspheres are distributed on the discrete sites on the array as described herein. However, other types of arrays are well known and can be used in this format; spotted, printed or photolithographic arrays are well known; see for example WO 95/25116; WO 95/35505; PCT US98/09163; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,700,637; 5,807,522 and 5,445,934; and U.S. Ser. Nos. 08/851,203 09/187,289; and references cited within, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference. If beads are not used, preferred embodiments utilize a spotted array.
- In some instances only one of the reactants (i.e. reaction components) is immobilized on the discrete site. As such, any other necessary reactants or co-factors are added to the immobilized reactant for example, in solution phase. The product of the reaction is released from the site into the area surrounding the site where it is detected by any of the detection methods as described herein.
- In one embodiment, the target analyte is detected in a zone surrounding a discrete site on an array. That is, the target analyte is not immobilized or attached to the microsphere, but rather is detected in a region surrounding the discrete site.
- In an alternative embodiment, the product of the reaction between the target analyte and the reaction component is detected in a zone surrounding a discrete site on an array. That is, following the enzymatic reaction, the product(s) is released from the immobilized reaction components. Thus, it is detected in a zone surrounding the site.
- In one embodiment, when detecting a product in a zone surrounding a discrete site on an array, the reaction takes place in the presence of solutions and/or a matrix to slow down diffusion of the product from the site. That is, the reaction takes place in the presence of a diffusion retardant. In this respect, the product maintains an increased local concentration in the zone around the site for increased time. Solutions to diminish the diffusion of the product should not interfere the reaction between the reactants and include but are not limited to glycerol, polyethylene glycol, agarose, agar, polyacrylamide and other polymers. In a preferred embodiment the polymer is readily varied in its concentration so that the rate of diffusion of the product is adjusted as is necessary.
- As one of skill in the art recognizes, enzymes that can be screened include but are not limited to polymerases, ligases, proteases including caspases, nucleotide cyclases, ribozymes, restriction endonucleases, transferases, lipases, and the like.
- In one embodiment, the immobilized reactants correspond to known substrates of enzymes. As such, samples are screened for the presence of the particular enzyme by detecting a change in the respective immobilized substrate. In a preferred embodiment, a subpopulation of sites comprises discrete substrates for a plurality of enzymes. That is, a subpopulation contains substrates for a particular enzyme, yet the array may contain a population of microspheres that includes subpopulations that contain substrates for a number of enzymes. The array is contacted with a solution to be screened, for example, a tissue extract. A reaction between an enzyme and its respective substrate is detected as the product of the reaction is detected in the zone around the site containing the substrate molecule.
- In an alternative embodiment a plurality of immobilized reactants are substrates for the same enzyme. That is, multiple sites on an array contain substrates for the same enzyme. In a preferred embodiment, the substrates are different. In one embodiment the substrates are different while remaining substrates for the same enzyme. For example, an array may contain multiple different oligonucleotides at different sites on an array. The oligonucleotides may contain unique or different sequences. However, all of the oligonucleotides are substrates for a polymerase or nuclease.
- In one embodiment each microsphere contains multiple reaction components. That is, as is known in the art, certain enzymes require multiple substrates and/or cofactors. Accordingly, in this embodiment, a microsphere may contain a plurality of reaction components. The reaction components may include an enzyme, substrate, co-factor or other molecule that effects the reaction.
- In one embodiment, the substrates are tagged or labeled such that the released product contains an identifier that is detectable, for example a fluorescent label. In a preferred embodiment, the substrates contain a fluorescent label that is quenched in the immobilized uncleaved substrate; however, upon cleavage, the released product containing the fluorescent label is unquenched and thus, emits a fluorescent signal in the zone surrounding the bead.
- In an alternative embodiment, the released product is not directly detectable, but rather is indirectly detected by binding agents such as antibodies, or complementary nucleic acid probes. In this embodiment, the binding agents comprise the label.
- In one embodiment the reaction product is a substrate for a detection molecule that may or may not be attached to the microspheres. By “detection molecule” is meant a molecule that reacts with the product from the first reaction to produce either directly or indirectly a detectable signal. When the detection molecule is not attached to the beads, it is added to the microsphere either prior to, simultaneously with or following the addition of the first mobile-phase reactant. When the detection molecule is immobilized to the microsphere it interacts with the reaction product following the first reaction. In this embodiment a microsphere may contain a reaction component and a detection molecule. Accordingly, in a preferred embodiment the product of the reaction with the reaction component is detected by the detection molecule.
- In one embodiment the detection molecule is an enzyme that catalyzes a reaction, the product of which is directly detectable or as is well known in the art is converted to a substance that produces a detectable signal. As one of skill in the art appreciates, examples of detection molecules include but are not limited to b-galactosidase, firefly luciferase and the like.
- In a preferred embodiment, particularly when secondary enzymes (detection molecules) are used in the reaction, the enzyme(s) may be attached, preferably through the use of flexible linkers, to the sites on the array, e.g. the beads, as described herein. For example, when pyrosequencing is done, one embodiment utilizes detection based on the generation of a chemiluminescent signal in the “zone” around the bead. Pyrosequencing is described in more detail in U.S. Ser. Nos. 60/130,089, 60/160,927, 09/513,362, 60/135,053, 09/425,633, 09/535, 854, 09/553,993 and 09/556,463, all of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- Pyrosequencing is an extension method that can be used to add one or more nucleotides to the 3′-terminus of an oligonucleotide. Pyrosequencing relies on the detection of a reaction product, PPi, produced during the addition of an NTP to a growing oligonucleotide chain, rather than on a label attached to the nucleotide. One molecule of PPi is produced per dNTP added to the extension primer. Accordingly, by running sequential reactions with each of the nucleotides, and monitoring the reaction products, the identity of the added base is determined.
- The release of pyrophosphate (PPi) during the DNA polymerase reaction can be quantitatively measured by many different methods and a number of enzymatic methods have been described; see Reeves et al., Anal. Biochem. 28:282 (1969); Guillory et al., Anal. Biochem. 39:170 (1971); Johnson et al., Anal. Biochem. 15:273 (1968); Cook et al., Anal. Biochem. 91:557 (1978); Drake et al., Anal. Biochem. 94:117 (1979); WO93/23564; WO 98/28440; WO98/13523; Nyren et al., Anal. Biochem. 151:504 (1985); all of which are incorporated by reference. The latter method allows continuous monitoring of PPi and has been termed ELIDA (Enzymatic Luminometric Inorganic Pyrophosphate Detection Assay). A preferred embodiment utilizes any method which can result in the generation of an optical signal, with preferred embodiments utilizing the generation of a chemiluminescent or fluorescent signal.
- A preferred method monitors the creation of PPi by the conversion of PPi to ATP by the enzyme sulfurylase, and the subsequent production of visible light by firefly luciferase (see Ronaghi et al., Science 281:363 (1998), incorporated by reference). In this method, the four deoxynucleotides (dATP, dGTP, dCTP and dTTP; collectively dNTPs) are added stepwise to a partial duplex comprising a sequencing primer hybridized to a single stranded DNA template and incubated with DNA polymerase, ATP sulfurylase, luciferase, and optionally a nucleotide-degrading enzyme such as apyrase. A dNTP is only incorporated into the growing DNA strand if it is complementary to the base in the template strand. The synthesis of DNA is accompanied by the release of PPi equal in molarity to the incorporated dNTP. The PPi is converted to ATP and the light generated by the luciferase is directly proportional to the amount of ATP. In some cases the unincorporated dNTPs and the produced ATP are degraded between each cycle by the nucleotide degrading enzyme.
- Accordingly, a preferred embodiment of the methods of the invention is as follows. A substrate comprising microspheres containing the target sequences and extension primers, forming hybridization complexes, is dipped or contacted with a reaction chamber or well comprising a single type of dNTP, an extension enzyme, and the reagents and enzymes necessary to detect PPi. If the dNTP is complementary to the base of the target portion of the target sequence adjacent to the extension primer, the dNTP is added, releasing PPi and generating detectable light in a region or zone around the microsphere, which is detected as generally described in U.S. Ser. Nos. 09/151,877 and 09/189,543, and PCT US98/09163, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. If the dNTP is not complementary, no detectable signal results. The substrate is then contacted with a second reaction chamber comprising a different dNTP and the additional components of the assay. This process is repeated if the identity of a base at a second detection position is desirable.
- In a preferred embodiment, one or more internal control sequences are used. That is, at least one microsphere in the array comprises a known sequence that can be used to verify that the reactions are proceeding correctly. In a preferred embodiment, at least four control sequences are used, each of which has a different nucleotide at each position: the first control sequence will have an adenosine at position 1, the second will have a cytosine, the third a guanosine, and the fourth a thymidine, thus ensuring that at least one control sequence is “lighting up” at each step to serve as an internal control.
- The pyrosequencing systems may be configured in a variety of ways; for example, the target sequence may be attached to the bead in a variety of ways, including direct attachment of the target sequence; the use of a capture probe with a separate extension probe; the use of a capture extender probe, a capture probe and a separate extension probe; the use of adapter sequences in the target sequence with capture and extension probes; and the use of a capture probe that also serves as the extension probe.
- One additional benefit of pyrosequencing for genotyping purposes is that since the reaction does not rely on the incorporation of labels into a growing chain, the unreacted extension primers need not be removed.
- Moreover, when the secondary enzymes required to generate the signal are attached to the microspheres, an increased concentration of the required enzymes is obtained in the immediate vicinity of the reaction on the microspheres. This allows for the use of less enzyme and results in faster reaction rates for detection. Thus, preferred embodiments utilize the attachment, preferably covalently (although as will be appreciated by those in the art, other attachment mechanisms may be used), of the secondary enzymes used to generate the signal.
- As outlined above for pyrosequencing, the generation and detection of PPi results in a signal in a zone around a discrete site on an array. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the method of the invention finds use in detecting any enzyme that produces PPi. Enzymes that produce PPi include, but are not limited to nucleotide cyclases, nucleotide polymerases and the like.
- The following examples serve to more fully describe the manner of using the above-described invention, as well as to set forth the best modes contemplated for carrying out various aspects of the invention. It is understood that these examples in no way serve to limit the true scope of this invention, but rather are presented for illustrative purposes. All references cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- Bioactive agent: Alkaline phosphatase
- Target substrate: fluorescein diphosphate (FDP)
- Reported dye ratio: 1:1 ratio of DilC:TRC, where DilC is 1,1′,3,3,3′,3′-hexamethyl-indodicarbocyanine iodide and TRC is Texas Red cadaverine
- A range of ratios of light intensities are selected that are representative of the optical signature for the dye ratio of the subpopulation based on the quantum yield of the two dyes. The optical signature for this subpopulation is:
- ilC λ intensity-ave.DilC background=0.847±0.23
- TRC λ intensity-ave.TRC background
- Bioactive agent: B-Galactosidase;
- Target substrate=fluorescein di-B-galactopyranoside (FDG)
- Reporter dye ratio: 10:1 ratio of DilC:TRC which translates to an optical signature of:
- DilC λ intensity-ave.DilC background=4.456±1.27
- TRC λ intensity-ave.TRC background
- Bioactive agent: B-glucuronidase
- Target substrate=fluorescein di-B-D-glucuronide (FDGicu).
- Reporter dye ratio: 1:10 ratio of DilC:TRC, which translates to an optical signature of:
- DilC A intensity-ave. DilC background=0.2136+0.03
- TRC A intensity-ave. TRC background
- When the microsphere populations are in the presence of one or more of the substrates, the respective enzymes on the microspheres catalyze the breakdown of the substrates producing fluorescein which is fluorescent, emitting light at 530 nanometers when excited at 490 nm. The production of fluorescein localized to particular beads is then monitored. In this approach, the localization of fluorescein around the microspheres is increased by using a substrate solution of 90% glycerol and 10% substrate. The glycerol inhibits the generated fluorescein from diffusing away from the microsphere reaction sites.
- During the experiment, images in the encoded wavelengths are first taken. Since both DilC and TRC are excited at 577 nm. Each microsphere's emissions at 670 nm, indicative of the presence of DilC and 610 nm indicative of the presence of TRC were recorded using a 595 nm dichroic and an acquisition time of 5 seconds for the
CCD 236. Next, thedistal end 212 of the fiber bundle is placed in a buffer and another image taken while illuminating the beams with 490 nm light. Emissions in the 530 nm fluorescein wavelengths were recorded with a 505 nm dichroic. In this case, a CCD acquisition time of one second was used. This process provides a background normalizing image. The buffer was removed and the fiber allowed to dry to avoid substrate solution dilution. - The substrate solution is then introduced and CCD images acquired every 30 seconds to a minute for 30 minutes While illuminating the microspheres with 490 nm light and collecting emissions in the 530 nm range. Fiber is then placed back in the buffer solution and another background image captured. Those beads that generate a signal indicative of fluorescein production are decoded. Depending in the ratio of the intensity of light from the two reporter dyes, DilC:TRC, the bioactive agent of the optically active beads may be decoded according to the following table.
-
0.617-1.08 alkaline phosphatase bead 3.188-5.725 β-galactosidase bead 0.183-0.243 β-glucunonidese bead - This process is then repeated for the remaining two substrates.
-
FIGS. 8A-8C are images generated by theCCD 236 when the bead populations are exposed to fluorescein diphosphate.FIG. 8A illustrates the signals from the alkaline phosphatase microspheres when excited at 490 nm and recording emissions at 530 nm, emissions at this wavelength being indicative of fluorescein production.FIG. 8B shows the image captured by the CCD when the microspheres are excited at 577 nm and emissions at 670 nm are recorded. This wavelength is an encoding wavelength indicative of the concentration of DilC on the microspheres. Finally,FIG. 8C shows the image when the microspheres are excited with 577 nm light and emissions in the 610 nm range are recorded being indicative of the concentration of TRC in the microspheres. - In a similar vein,
FIGS. 9A and 9B are images when the microspheres are exposed to fluorescein β-d-galactosidase.FIG. 9A shows emissions at 530 nm indicative of the fluorescein production; andFIG. 9B shows light emitted at the 670 nm range indicative of the presence of DilC. - These micrographs,
FIGS. 8A-8C and 9A-9B illustrate that fluorescein production around the microspheres may be detected as an optical signature change indicative of reactions involving the bioactive agent of the microspheres. The micrographs also illustrate that the optical signatures may be decoded to determine the chemical functionalities on each microsphere. - Three separate subpopulations of beads were used. In subpopulation A, xrabbit antibodies (Ab) were affixed to the surface of the microspheres; in subpopulation B, xgoat antibodies were affixed to the microspheres; and in subpopulation C, xmouse antibodies were affixed to the microspheres. These three separate subpopulations were identified using a DilC:TRC encoding ratio similar to that in the previously described experiment.
- For the first step of the experiment, images at the encoded wavelengths were captured using 577 nm excitation and looking for emissions at 610 and 670 nm. After this decoding, the fiber was placed in a buffer and an image taken at 530 nm with 490 nm excitation. This provided a background normalizing signal at the fluorescein emission wavelength. Next, the fiber was placed in rabbit IgG antigen (Ag) which is fluorescein labeled. Images were then captured every few minutes at the 530 nm emission wavelength for fluorescein. Figs. IOA and IOB are micrographs showing the image captured by the CCD prior to and subsequent to exposure to a rabbit antigen, which clearly show reaction of the selected microspheres within the population.
- Note, if the fluorescein background from the antigen solution is too high to see the antibody-antigen signal, the fiber bundle may be placed in a buffer. This removes the background florescence leaving only the Ab-Ag signal.
- While this invention has been particularly shown and described with references to preferred embodiments thereof, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes in form and details may be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
Claims (18)
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/265,697 US20090149341A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2008-11-05 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US13/108,713 US9377388B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2011-05-16 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
Applications Claiming Priority (10)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US08/818,199 US6023540A (en) | 1997-03-14 | 1997-03-14 | Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres |
US09/151,877 US6327410B1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 1998-09-11 | Target analyte sensors utilizing Microspheres |
PCT/US1999/020914 WO2000016101A2 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 1999-09-10 | Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres |
US09/450,829 US6266459B1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 1999-11-29 | Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres |
US09/816,651 US20030027126A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2001-03-23 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US09/840,012 US20020122612A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2001-04-20 | Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres |
US09/925,292 US6859570B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2001-08-08 | Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres |
US78689602A | 2002-01-16 | 2002-01-16 | |
US10/920,637 US7622294B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2004-08-17 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US12/265,697 US20090149341A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2008-11-05 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/920,637 Continuation US7622294B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2004-08-17 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/108,713 Continuation US9377388B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2011-05-16 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20090149341A1 true US20090149341A1 (en) | 2009-06-11 |
Family
ID=46302570
Family Applications (8)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/920,637 Expired - Fee Related US7622294B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2004-08-17 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US12/265,697 Abandoned US20090149341A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2008-11-05 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US12/371,470 Abandoned US20090170728A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2009-02-13 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US12/371,449 Abandoned US20090156425A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2009-02-13 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US13/108,713 Expired - Fee Related US9377388B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2011-05-16 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US15/457,728 Abandoned US20170184578A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2017-03-13 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US15/457,672 Abandoned US20170184484A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2017-03-13 | Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres |
US15/853,022 Expired - Lifetime US10241026B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2017-12-22 | Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/920,637 Expired - Fee Related US7622294B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2004-08-17 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
Family Applications After (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/371,470 Abandoned US20090170728A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2009-02-13 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US12/371,449 Abandoned US20090156425A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2009-02-13 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US13/108,713 Expired - Fee Related US9377388B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2011-05-16 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US15/457,728 Abandoned US20170184578A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2017-03-13 | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US15/457,672 Abandoned US20170184484A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2017-03-13 | Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres |
US15/853,022 Expired - Lifetime US10241026B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2017-12-22 | Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (8) | US7622294B2 (en) |
Cited By (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20100075407A1 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2010-03-25 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules on single molecule arrays |
US20110124111A1 (en) * | 2009-08-31 | 2011-05-26 | Life Technologies Corporation | Low-volume sequencing system and method of use |
US20110212537A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-01 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods and systems for extending dynamic range in assays for the detection of molecules or particles |
US20110212848A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-01 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles using beads or other capture objects |
US20110212462A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-01 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules using dual detection methods |
WO2013109292A1 (en) * | 2011-02-16 | 2013-07-25 | The University Of Akron | A highly selective pyrophosphate sensor |
US20130244894A1 (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2013-09-19 | Authentiform Technologies, Llc | Nucleic acid-based authentication codes |
US9110025B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2015-08-18 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods and systems for extending dynamic range in assays for the detection of molecules or particles |
US9395359B2 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2016-07-19 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods and arrays for target analyte detection and determination of target analyte concentration in solution |
US9727032B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2017-08-08 | Life Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for run-time sequencing run quality monitoring |
US9809838B2 (en) | 2007-08-30 | 2017-11-07 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods for determining the concentration of an analyte in solution |
US9932626B2 (en) | 2013-01-15 | 2018-04-03 | Quanterix Corporation | Detection of DNA or RNA using single molecule arrays and other techniques |
US9952237B2 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2018-04-24 | Quanterix Corporation | Systems, devices, and methods for ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles |
US10393759B2 (en) | 2011-04-12 | 2019-08-27 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods of determining a treatment protocol for and/or a prognosis of a patient's recovery from a brain injury |
US11237171B2 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2022-02-01 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods and arrays for target analyte detection and determination of target analyte concentration in solution |
Families Citing this family (217)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7622294B2 (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2009-11-24 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US20030027126A1 (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2003-02-06 | Walt David R. | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US7335153B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2008-02-26 | Bio Array Solutions Ltd. | Arrays of microparticles and methods of preparation thereof |
US8536661B1 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2013-09-17 | University Of Hawaii | Biosensor chip sensor protection methods |
WO2006047038A1 (en) * | 2004-09-28 | 2006-05-04 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Apparatus and method for cell migration assays |
US7785785B2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2010-08-31 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Charge perturbation detection system for DNA and other molecules |
DE102006029032A1 (en) * | 2006-02-17 | 2007-08-23 | Poly-An Gesellschaft zur Herstellung von Polymeren für spezielle Anwendungen und Analytik mbH | Apparatus, method and kit for detecting analytes in a sample |
US11001881B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2021-05-11 | California Institute Of Technology | Methods for detecting analytes |
US8048626B2 (en) | 2006-07-28 | 2011-11-01 | California Institute Of Technology | Multiplex Q-PCR arrays |
US11525156B2 (en) | 2006-07-28 | 2022-12-13 | California Institute Of Technology | Multiplex Q-PCR arrays |
US11560588B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2023-01-24 | California Institute Of Technology | Multiplex Q-PCR arrays |
US7813013B2 (en) * | 2006-11-21 | 2010-10-12 | Illumina, Inc. | Hexagonal site line scanning method and system |
US8349167B2 (en) | 2006-12-14 | 2013-01-08 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and apparatus for detecting molecular interactions using FET arrays |
EP2653861B1 (en) | 2006-12-14 | 2014-08-13 | Life Technologies Corporation | Method for sequencing a nucleic acid using large-scale FET arrays |
US8262900B2 (en) | 2006-12-14 | 2012-09-11 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays |
US11339430B2 (en) | 2007-07-10 | 2022-05-24 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays |
JP5026851B2 (en) * | 2007-04-23 | 2012-09-19 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Chemiluminescence detector |
ATE508679T1 (en) * | 2008-02-26 | 2011-05-15 | Biostems Ltd | DEVICE FOR MICROINVASIVE IN-VIVO EXAMINATION COMPRISING A METALLIC CONDUCTOR |
CN102203282B (en) | 2008-06-25 | 2014-04-30 | 生命技术公司 | Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays |
WO2010003132A1 (en) | 2008-07-02 | 2010-01-07 | Illumina Cambridge Ltd. | Using populations of beads for the fabrication of arrays on surfaces |
US20100075439A1 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2010-03-25 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules by capture-and-release using reducing agents followed by quantification |
US20100075862A1 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2010-03-25 | Quanterix Corporation | High sensitivity determination of the concentration of analyte molecules or particles in a fluid sample |
US20100137143A1 (en) | 2008-10-22 | 2010-06-03 | Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes |
US20100301398A1 (en) | 2009-05-29 | 2010-12-02 | Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes |
US8776573B2 (en) | 2009-05-29 | 2014-07-15 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes |
US20120261274A1 (en) | 2009-05-29 | 2012-10-18 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes |
US8574835B2 (en) | 2009-05-29 | 2013-11-05 | Life Technologies Corporation | Scaffolded nucleic acid polymer particles and methods of making and using |
US8673627B2 (en) | 2009-05-29 | 2014-03-18 | Life Technologies Corporation | Apparatus and methods for performing electrochemical reactions |
US9073033B2 (en) | 2010-01-19 | 2015-07-07 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods and compositions for processing chemical reactions |
US8481903B2 (en) | 2010-03-06 | 2013-07-09 | Alexander Triener | Systems, methods, and apparatuses including a moveable optical component for detecting optical signals from a sample |
US8951940B2 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2015-02-10 | Illumina, Inc. | Solid-phase clonal amplification and related methods |
US10787701B2 (en) | 2010-04-05 | 2020-09-29 | Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. | Spatially encoded biological assays |
US20190300945A1 (en) | 2010-04-05 | 2019-10-03 | Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. | Spatially Encoded Biological Assays |
KR101866401B1 (en) | 2010-04-05 | 2018-06-11 | 프로그노시스 바이오사이언스, 인코포레이티드 | Spatially encoded biological assays |
WO2011156432A2 (en) | 2010-06-07 | 2011-12-15 | Firefly Bioworks, Inc. | Scanning multifunctional particles |
TWI624665B (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2018-05-21 | 生命技術公司 | Ion-sensing charge-accumulation circuits and methods |
US9164070B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2015-10-20 | Life Technologies Corporation | Column adc |
CN103080739B (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2016-12-21 | 生命科技公司 | For the method and apparatus testing ISFET array |
US11307166B2 (en) | 2010-07-01 | 2022-04-19 | Life Technologies Corporation | Column ADC |
TWI527245B (en) | 2010-07-03 | 2016-03-21 | 生命技術公司 | Chemically sensitive sensor with lightly doped drains |
EP2617061B1 (en) | 2010-09-15 | 2021-06-30 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes |
US8483969B2 (en) | 2010-09-17 | 2013-07-09 | Illuminia, Inc. | Variation analysis for multiple templates on a solid support |
EP2619564B1 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2016-03-16 | Life Technologies Corporation | Matched pair transistor circuits |
US8951781B2 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2015-02-10 | Illumina, Inc. | Systems, methods, and apparatuses to image a sample for biological or chemical analysis |
US20140094386A1 (en) * | 2011-04-12 | 2014-04-03 | David Wilson | Methods of determining a treatment protocol for and/or a prognosis of a patient's recovery from a brain injury resulting from a hypoxic event |
GB201106254D0 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2011-05-25 | Frisen Jonas | Method and product |
US9970984B2 (en) | 2011-12-01 | 2018-05-15 | Life Technologies Corporation | Method and apparatus for identifying defects in a chemical sensor array |
US8747748B2 (en) | 2012-01-19 | 2014-06-10 | Life Technologies Corporation | Chemical sensor with conductive cup-shaped sensor surface |
US8821798B2 (en) | 2012-01-19 | 2014-09-02 | Life Technologies Corporation | Titanium nitride as sensing layer for microwell structure |
CN104335041B (en) * | 2012-03-30 | 2016-08-24 | 印度马德拉斯理工学院 | The Visual retrieval of mercury ion |
KR102118211B1 (en) | 2012-04-03 | 2020-06-02 | 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 | Integrated optoelectronic read head and fluidic cartridge useful for nucleic acid sequencing |
US8786331B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2014-07-22 | Life Technologies Corporation | System for reducing noise in a chemical sensor array |
US10400280B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-09-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10273541B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-04-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11591637B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2023-02-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
CN113528634A (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2021-10-22 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Microcapsule compositions and methods |
US10221442B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-03-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US9951386B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2018-04-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9701998B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2017-07-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10752949B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-08-25 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10323279B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-06-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
EP2909337B1 (en) | 2012-10-17 | 2019-01-09 | Spatial Transcriptomics AB | Methods and product for optimising localised or spatial detection of gene expression in a tissue sample |
EP3567116A1 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2019-11-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10533221B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2020-01-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9080968B2 (en) | 2013-01-04 | 2015-07-14 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and systems for point of use removal of sacrificial material |
US9841398B2 (en) | 2013-01-08 | 2017-12-12 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods for manufacturing well structures for low-noise chemical sensors |
US8962366B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2015-02-24 | Life Technologies Corporation | Self-aligned well structures for low-noise chemical sensors |
KR20200140929A (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2020-12-16 | 10엑스 제노믹스, 인크. | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US8963216B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2015-02-24 | Life Technologies Corporation | Chemical sensor with sidewall spacer sensor surface |
US8841217B1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-23 | Life Technologies Corporation | Chemical sensor with protruded sensor surface |
US9835585B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-12-05 | Life Technologies Corporation | Chemical sensor with protruded sensor surface |
US20140264471A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Life Technologies Corporation | Chemical device with thin conductive element |
US9116117B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-08-25 | Life Technologies Corporation | Chemical sensor with sidewall sensor surface |
WO2014149780A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Life Technologies Corporation | Chemical sensor with consistent sensor surface areas |
WO2014149778A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Life Technologies Corporation | Chemical sensors with consistent sensor surface areas |
EP2978860B8 (en) | 2013-03-27 | 2019-12-11 | BlueGnome Ltd | Assessment of risk of aneuploidy |
WO2014176435A2 (en) | 2013-04-25 | 2014-10-30 | Bergo Vladislav B | Microarray compositions and methods of their use |
AU2014256903B2 (en) * | 2013-04-25 | 2020-09-24 | Firefly Bioworks, Inc. | Multiplexed analysis of target nucleic acids |
US20140336063A1 (en) | 2013-05-09 | 2014-11-13 | Life Technologies Corporation | Windowed Sequencing |
US10458942B2 (en) | 2013-06-10 | 2019-10-29 | Life Technologies Corporation | Chemical sensor array having multiple sensors per well |
LT3013983T (en) | 2013-06-25 | 2023-05-10 | Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. | Spatially encoded biological assays using a microfluidic device |
AU2014284584B2 (en) | 2013-07-01 | 2019-08-01 | Illumina, Inc. | Catalyst-free surface functionalization and polymer grafting |
CN105358715B (en) | 2013-07-03 | 2018-09-18 | 伊鲁米那股份有限公司 | Orthogonal synthesis is sequenced |
US10395758B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2019-08-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Sequencing methods |
US10540783B2 (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2020-01-21 | Illumina, Inc. | Image analysis useful for patterned objects |
US9824068B2 (en) | 2013-12-16 | 2017-11-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for sorting data |
AU2015243445B2 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2020-05-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same |
CN113249435B (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2024-09-03 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Method for analyzing nucleic acid from single cell or cell population |
WO2015200891A1 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2015-12-30 | 10X Technologies, Inc. | Processes and systems for nucleic acid sequence assembly |
EP3183577B1 (en) | 2014-08-21 | 2020-08-19 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Reversible surface functionalization |
AU2015339148B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2022-03-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing |
ES2905706T3 (en) | 2014-10-31 | 2022-04-11 | Illumina Cambridge Ltd | DNA copolymer polymers and coatings |
US9975122B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2018-05-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Instrument systems for integrated sample processing |
EP3234575B1 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2023-01-25 | Life Technologies Corporation | Apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale fet arrays |
US10077472B2 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2018-09-18 | Life Technologies Corporation | High data rate integrated circuit with power management |
CN107250784B (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2020-10-23 | 生命科技公司 | High data rate integrated circuit with transmitter configuration |
WO2016114970A1 (en) | 2015-01-12 | 2016-07-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Processes and systems for preparing nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same |
CN107209814B (en) | 2015-01-13 | 2021-10-15 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | System and method for visualizing structural variation and phase information |
AU2016219480B2 (en) | 2015-02-09 | 2021-11-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for determining structural variation and phasing using variant call data |
US10697000B2 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2020-06-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partition processing methods and systems |
WO2016138148A1 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2016-09-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for targeted nucleic acid sequence coverage |
EP3270160B1 (en) * | 2015-03-13 | 2020-03-18 | Sysmex Corporation | Method for detecting test substance and reagent kit used in said method |
EP3274692B1 (en) | 2015-03-24 | 2022-08-10 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods for imaging samples for biological or chemical analysis |
EP4321627A3 (en) | 2015-04-10 | 2024-04-17 | 10x Genomics Sweden AB | Spatially distinguished, multiplex nucleic acid analysis of biological specimens |
KR102333255B1 (en) | 2015-05-11 | 2021-12-01 | 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 | Platform for discovery and analysis of therapeutic agents |
ES2927121T3 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2022-11-02 | Illumina Inc | Sample holder and assay system for performing designated reactions |
US11248255B2 (en) * | 2015-06-19 | 2022-02-15 | The Governing Council Of The University Of Toronto | Amplification of nanoparticle based assay |
CN107924121B (en) | 2015-07-07 | 2021-06-08 | 亿明达股份有限公司 | Selective surface patterning via nanoimprinting |
WO2017015018A1 (en) | 2015-07-17 | 2017-01-26 | Illumina, Inc. | Polymer sheets for sequencing applications |
EP3329007B1 (en) | 2015-07-30 | 2021-02-24 | Illumina, Inc. | Orthogonal deblocking of nucleotides |
EP3338096B1 (en) | 2015-08-24 | 2024-03-06 | Illumina, Inc. | In-line pressure accumulator and flow-control system for biological or chemical assays |
CN113640512A (en) * | 2015-10-05 | 2021-11-12 | 北卡罗来纳-查佩尔山大学 | Decoding method for multiplex assays and related fluidic devices, kits and solid supports |
US11371094B2 (en) | 2015-11-19 | 2022-06-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for nucleic acid processing using degenerate nucleotides |
WO2017096158A1 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2017-06-08 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
TW201730563A (en) | 2016-01-11 | 2017-09-01 | 伊路米納有限公司 | Detection apparatus having a microfluorometer, a fluidic system, and a flow cell latch clamp module |
EP3414341A4 (en) | 2016-02-11 | 2019-10-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems, methods, and media for de novo assembly of whole genome sequence data |
WO2017155858A1 (en) | 2016-03-07 | 2017-09-14 | Insilixa, Inc. | Nucleic acid sequence identification using solid-phase cyclic single base extension |
ES2861350T3 (en) | 2016-03-28 | 2021-10-06 | Illumina Inc | Multi-plane microarrays |
WO2017197338A1 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2017-11-16 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic systems and methods of use |
WO2018064116A1 (en) | 2016-09-28 | 2018-04-05 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods and systems for data compression |
AU2017375631B2 (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2023-06-15 | xCella Biosciences, Inc. | Methods and systems for screening using microcapillary arrays |
US10011872B1 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2018-07-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10550429B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-02-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10815525B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-10-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
SG11201906569XA (en) | 2017-01-20 | 2019-08-27 | Omniome Inc | Genotyping by polymerase binding |
CN110249059B (en) | 2017-01-20 | 2021-04-13 | 欧姆尼欧美公司 | Allele-specific capture of nucleic acids |
EP4310183A3 (en) | 2017-01-30 | 2024-02-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding |
GB201701689D0 (en) | 2017-02-01 | 2017-03-15 | Illumia Inc | System and method with fiducials of non-closed shapes |
GB201701686D0 (en) | 2017-02-01 | 2017-03-15 | Illunina Inc | System & method with fiducials having offset layouts |
GB201701688D0 (en) | 2017-02-01 | 2017-03-15 | Illumia Inc | System and method with fiducials in non-recliner layouts |
US10995333B2 (en) | 2017-02-06 | 2021-05-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for nucleic acid preparation |
US11492666B2 (en) | 2017-02-15 | 2022-11-08 | Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. | Distinguishing sequences by detecting polymerase dissociation |
US10161003B2 (en) | 2017-04-25 | 2018-12-25 | Omniome, Inc. | Methods and apparatus that increase sequencing-by-binding efficiency |
EP3625715A4 (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2021-03-17 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for analyzing datasets |
CN109526228B (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2022-11-25 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US20180340169A1 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
CN111108219A (en) | 2017-08-01 | 2020-05-05 | 伊鲁米纳公司 | Spatial indexing and library preparation of genetic material using hydrogel beads and flow cells |
CA3072136A1 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2019-02-21 | Omniome, Inc. | Scanning apparatus and methods useful for detection of chemical and biological analytes |
CA3073832A1 (en) | 2017-09-07 | 2019-03-14 | Adeptrix Corp. | Multiplexed bead arrays for proteomics |
US10837047B2 (en) | 2017-10-04 | 2020-11-17 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions, methods, and systems for bead formation using improved polymers |
WO2019084043A1 (en) | 2017-10-26 | 2019-05-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for nuclecic acid preparation and chromatin analysis |
CN111479631B (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2022-02-22 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Methods and systems for sample preparation and analysis |
CN111051523B (en) | 2017-11-15 | 2024-03-19 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Functionalized gel beads |
US10829815B2 (en) | 2017-11-17 | 2020-11-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for associating physical and genetic properties of biological particles |
WO2019108851A1 (en) | 2017-11-30 | 2019-06-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for nucleic acid preparation and analysis |
CN111712579B (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2024-10-15 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Systems and methods for processing nucleic acid molecules from one or more cells |
WO2019157529A1 (en) | 2018-02-12 | 2019-08-15 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods characterizing multiple analytes from individual cells or cell populations |
US11639928B2 (en) | 2018-02-22 | 2023-05-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for characterizing analytes from individual cells or cell populations |
WO2019169028A1 (en) | 2018-02-28 | 2019-09-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Transcriptome sequencing through random ligation |
WO2019195166A1 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2019-10-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for quality control in single cell processing |
EP3782158A1 (en) | 2018-04-19 | 2021-02-24 | Omniome, Inc. | Improving accuracy of base calls in nucleic acid sequencing methods |
CA3098296A1 (en) | 2018-04-26 | 2019-10-31 | Omniome, Inc. | Methods and compositions for stabilizing nucleic acid-nucleotide-polymerase complexes |
WO2019217758A1 (en) | 2018-05-10 | 2019-11-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for molecular library generation |
AU2019276719A1 (en) | 2018-05-31 | 2020-11-26 | Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. | Increased signal to noise in nucleic acid sequencing |
US11932899B2 (en) | 2018-06-07 | 2024-03-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for characterizing nucleic acid molecules |
US11703427B2 (en) | 2018-06-25 | 2023-07-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for cell and bead processing |
CA3107165A1 (en) | 2018-07-24 | 2020-01-30 | Omniome, Inc. | Serial formation of ternary complex species |
US20200032335A1 (en) | 2018-07-27 | 2020-01-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for metabolome analysis |
US12065688B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2024-08-20 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for cellular processing |
EP3853358A1 (en) | 2018-09-17 | 2021-07-28 | Omniome, Inc. | Engineered polymerases for improved sequencing |
EP3891304A1 (en) | 2018-12-04 | 2021-10-13 | Omniome, Inc. | Mixed-phase fluids for nucleic acid sequencing and other analytical assays |
US11459607B1 (en) | 2018-12-10 | 2022-10-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for processing-nucleic acid molecules from a single cell using sequential co-partitioning and composite barcodes |
US11041199B2 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2021-06-22 | Omniome, Inc. | Temperature control for analysis of nucleic acids and other analytes |
US11926867B2 (en) | 2019-01-06 | 2024-03-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Generating capture probes for spatial analysis |
US11649485B2 (en) | 2019-01-06 | 2023-05-16 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Generating capture probes for spatial analysis |
US11845983B1 (en) | 2019-01-09 | 2023-12-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for multiplexing of droplet based assays |
US11851683B1 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2023-12-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for selective analysis of cellular samples |
US11467153B2 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2022-10-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for processing nucleic acid molecules |
WO2020168013A1 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2020-08-20 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for processing nucleic acid molecules |
EP3924513B1 (en) | 2019-02-14 | 2023-04-12 | Pacific Biosciences of California, Inc. | Mitigating adverse impacts of detection systems on nucleic acids and other biological analytes |
CN113613787B (en) | 2019-02-20 | 2023-06-13 | 加利福尼亚太平洋生物科学股份有限公司 | Scanning device and method for detecting chemical and biological analytes |
US11655499B1 (en) | 2019-02-25 | 2023-05-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Detection of sequence elements in nucleic acid molecules |
CN111665235A (en) * | 2019-03-08 | 2020-09-15 | 上海索昕生物科技有限公司 | Chemiluminescent microarray chip and application thereof |
EP3938537A1 (en) | 2019-03-11 | 2022-01-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for processing optically tagged beads |
JP2022525322A (en) | 2019-03-14 | 2022-05-12 | インシリクサ, インコーポレイテッド | Methods and systems for time-gate fluorescence-based detection |
NL2023314B1 (en) | 2019-03-21 | 2020-09-28 | Illumina Inc | Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring |
NL2023312B1 (en) | 2019-03-21 | 2020-09-28 | Illumina Inc | Artificial intelligence-based base calling |
US11210554B2 (en) | 2019-03-21 | 2021-12-28 | Illumina, Inc. | Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata |
NL2023311B9 (en) | 2019-03-21 | 2021-03-12 | Illumina Inc | Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata |
WO2020191389A1 (en) | 2019-03-21 | 2020-09-24 | Illumina, Inc. | Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing |
NL2023316B1 (en) | 2019-03-21 | 2020-09-28 | Illumina Inc | Artificial intelligence-based sequencing |
NL2023310B1 (en) | 2019-03-21 | 2020-09-28 | Illumina Inc | Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing |
US11593649B2 (en) | 2019-05-16 | 2023-02-28 | Illumina, Inc. | Base calling using convolutions |
WO2020252186A1 (en) | 2019-06-11 | 2020-12-17 | Omniome, Inc. | Calibrated focus sensing |
WO2021011803A1 (en) | 2019-07-16 | 2021-01-21 | Omniome, Inc. | Synthetic nucleic acids having non-natural structures |
US10656368B1 (en) | 2019-07-24 | 2020-05-19 | Omniome, Inc. | Method and system for biological imaging using a wide field objective lens |
EP4028407B1 (en) | 2019-09-10 | 2023-08-16 | Pacific Biosciences of California, Inc. | Reversible modification of nucleotides |
CN118186063A (en) | 2019-10-18 | 2024-06-14 | 加利福尼亚太平洋生物科学股份有限公司 | Methods and compositions for capping nucleic acids |
US20210139867A1 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2021-05-13 | Omniome, Inc. | Engineered polymerases for improved sequencing by binding |
ES2982420T3 (en) | 2019-12-23 | 2024-10-16 | 10X Genomics Inc | Methods for spatial analysis using RNA-templated ligation |
US11821035B1 (en) | 2020-01-29 | 2023-11-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods of making gene expression libraries |
US12076701B2 (en) | 2020-01-31 | 2024-09-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Capturing oligonucleotides in spatial transcriptomics |
US12110541B2 (en) | 2020-02-03 | 2024-10-08 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for preparing high-resolution spatial arrays |
US20230054204A1 (en) | 2020-02-04 | 2023-02-23 | Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. | Flow cells and methods for their manufacture and use |
US20210265018A1 (en) | 2020-02-20 | 2021-08-26 | Illumina, Inc. | Knowledge Distillation and Gradient Pruning-Based Compression of Artificial Intelligence-Based Base Caller |
AU2021230282A1 (en) | 2020-03-03 | 2022-09-22 | Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. | Methods and compositions for sequencing double stranded nucleic acids |
US11188778B1 (en) | 2020-05-05 | 2021-11-30 | Illumina, Inc. | Equalization-based image processing and spatial crosstalk attenuator |
CN115836135A (en) | 2020-05-05 | 2023-03-21 | 加利福尼亚太平洋生物科学股份有限公司 | Compositions and methods for modifying polymerase-nucleic acid complexes |
US11851700B1 (en) | 2020-05-13 | 2023-12-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods, kits, and compositions for processing extracellular molecules |
US12031177B1 (en) | 2020-06-04 | 2024-07-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods of enhancing spatial resolution of transcripts |
MX2023000345A (en) | 2020-07-08 | 2023-02-13 | Illumina Inc | Beads as transposome carriers. |
US12084715B1 (en) | 2020-11-05 | 2024-09-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for reducing artifactual antisense products |
EP4298244A1 (en) | 2021-02-23 | 2024-01-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Probe-based analysis of nucleic acids and proteins |
US12070744B2 (en) | 2021-04-22 | 2024-08-27 | Illumina, Inc. | Valve assemblies and related systems |
WO2023003757A1 (en) | 2021-07-19 | 2023-01-26 | Illumina Software, Inc. | Intensity extraction with interpolation and adaptation for base calling |
US11455487B1 (en) | 2021-10-26 | 2022-09-27 | Illumina Software, Inc. | Intensity extraction and crosstalk attenuation using interpolation and adaptation for base calling |
EP4399528A1 (en) | 2021-09-09 | 2024-07-17 | Nautilus Subsidiary, Inc. | Characterization and localization of protein modifications |
WO2023049215A1 (en) | 2021-09-22 | 2023-03-30 | Illumina, Inc. | Compressed state-based base calling |
US20230343414A1 (en) | 2022-03-25 | 2023-10-26 | Illumina, Inc. | Sequence-to-sequence base calling |
AU2023248405A1 (en) | 2022-04-07 | 2024-01-04 | Illumina, Inc. | Altered cytidine deaminases and methods of use |
WO2023239917A1 (en) | 2022-06-09 | 2023-12-14 | Illumina, Inc. | Dependence of base calling on flow cell tilt |
US20240124916A1 (en) | 2022-09-16 | 2024-04-18 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Nanoparticle with polynucleotide binding site and method of making thereof |
WO2024069581A1 (en) | 2022-09-30 | 2024-04-04 | Illumina Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Helicase-cytidine deaminase complexes and methods of use |
WO2024073047A1 (en) | 2022-09-30 | 2024-04-04 | Illumina, Inc. | Cytidine deaminases and methods of use in mapping modified cytosine nucleotides |
WO2024073043A1 (en) | 2022-09-30 | 2024-04-04 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods of using cpg binding proteins in mapping modified cytosine nucleotides |
CN117388227B (en) * | 2023-10-18 | 2024-05-31 | 博瑞生物医药(苏州)股份有限公司 | Method, computer readable medium and analysis device for determining concentration of target molecules in sample using detection microspheres |
CN117871418A (en) * | 2024-03-13 | 2024-04-12 | 彩科(苏州)生物科技有限公司 | Method, computer readable medium and analysis device for determining concentration of target molecules in sample using detection microspheres |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5690894A (en) * | 1995-05-23 | 1997-11-25 | The Regents Of The University Of California | High density array fabrication and readout method for a fiber optic biosensor |
US6023540A (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2000-02-08 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres |
US6327410B1 (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2001-12-04 | The Trustees Of Tufts College | Target analyte sensors utilizing Microspheres |
Family Cites Families (221)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2598741A (en) * | 1950-06-28 | 1952-06-03 | New Jersey Zinc Co | Smelting of zinciferous ore |
US4575407A (en) * | 1962-12-03 | 1986-03-11 | Diller Isaac M | Product and process for the activation of an electrolytic cell |
US3574614A (en) * | 1967-01-06 | 1971-04-13 | Xerox Corp | Process of preparing multiple copies from a xeroprinting master |
US4018635A (en) * | 1971-05-17 | 1977-04-19 | Westinghouse Electric Corporation | Phosphor combination, particularly adapted for use with explosives, for providing a distinctive information label |
US3791192A (en) | 1972-07-03 | 1974-02-12 | Lockheed Aircraft Corp | Particle standard and calibration method |
US3998525A (en) | 1973-10-26 | 1976-12-21 | American Cyanamid Company | Edge lighted electrochromic displays |
US3992631A (en) * | 1975-02-27 | 1976-11-16 | International Diagnostic Technology, Inc. | Fluorometric system, method and test article |
US4075013A (en) * | 1976-09-13 | 1978-02-21 | Ward Anthony T | Electrophotochemical preparation of selenium photoconductive members |
US4200110A (en) * | 1977-11-28 | 1980-04-29 | United States Of America | Fiber optic pH probe |
GB2058379A (en) | 1979-09-12 | 1981-04-08 | Agfa Gevaert | Imaging Process |
JPS5844340A (en) * | 1981-09-10 | 1983-03-15 | Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd | Method and apparatus for measuring electrophoretic mobility |
US4499052A (en) * | 1982-08-30 | 1985-02-12 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Apparatus for distinguishing multiple subpopulations of cells |
US4717655A (en) * | 1982-08-30 | 1988-01-05 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Method and apparatus for distinguishing multiple subpopulations of cells |
US4994373A (en) * | 1983-01-27 | 1991-02-19 | Enzo Biochem, Inc. | Method and structures employing chemically-labelled polynucleotide probes |
DE3322373C2 (en) | 1983-05-19 | 1986-12-04 | Ioannis Dr. 3000 Hannover Tripatzis | Test means and methods for the detection of antigens and / or antibodies |
USRE34405E (en) | 1983-08-01 | 1993-10-12 | Abbott Laboratories | Determination of analytes in particle-containing medium |
US4591550A (en) * | 1984-03-01 | 1986-05-27 | Molecular Devices Corporation | Device having photoresponsive electrode for determining analytes including ligands and antibodies |
US4665020A (en) * | 1984-05-30 | 1987-05-12 | United States Department Of Energy | Flow cytometer measurement of binding assays |
US4647544A (en) * | 1984-06-25 | 1987-03-03 | Nicoli David F | Immunoassay using optical interference detection |
US4675283A (en) * | 1984-07-19 | 1987-06-23 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Detection and isolation of homologous, repeated and amplified nucleic acid sequences |
US4775619A (en) * | 1984-10-16 | 1988-10-04 | Chiron Corporation | Polynucleotide determination with selectable cleavage sites |
US5354825A (en) * | 1985-04-08 | 1994-10-11 | Klainer Stanley M | Surface-bound fluorescent polymers and related methods of synthesis and use |
US4682895A (en) * | 1985-08-06 | 1987-07-28 | Texas A&M University | Fiber optic probe for quantification of colorimetric reactions |
US4824789B1 (en) * | 1986-10-10 | 1996-08-13 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Gas sensor |
US4798738A (en) * | 1986-10-10 | 1989-01-17 | Cardiovascular Devices, Inc. | Micro sensor |
US4822746A (en) * | 1986-06-25 | 1989-04-18 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Radiative and non-radiative energy transfer and absorbance modulated fluorescence detection methods and sensors |
US5114864A (en) * | 1986-06-25 | 1992-05-19 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Fiber optic sensors, apparatus, and detection methods using fluid erodible controlled release polymers for delivery of reagent formulations |
US5252494A (en) * | 1986-06-25 | 1993-10-12 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Fiber optic sensors, apparatus, and detection methods using controlled release polymers and reagent formulations held within a polymeric reaction matrix |
US5254477A (en) * | 1986-06-25 | 1993-10-19 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Flourescence intramolecular energy transfer conjugate compositions and detection methods |
US5143853A (en) * | 1986-06-25 | 1992-09-01 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Absorbance modulated fluorescence detection methods and sensors |
CA1340806C (en) * | 1986-07-02 | 1999-11-02 | James Merrill Prober | Method, system and reagents for dna sequencing |
US4791310A (en) | 1986-10-02 | 1988-12-13 | Syracuse University | Fluorescence microscopy |
EP0269764B1 (en) | 1986-12-01 | 1991-08-28 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Method for increasing the sensitivity of nucleic acid hybridization assays |
US5132097A (en) * | 1987-02-11 | 1992-07-21 | G.D. Research | Apparatus for analysis of specific binding complexes |
FR2613074B1 (en) | 1987-03-27 | 1990-06-08 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | ACTIVE CHEMICAL SENSOR WITH OPTICAL FIBERS |
US5641639A (en) * | 1987-04-29 | 1997-06-24 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Binding assay device |
SE458968B (en) * | 1987-06-16 | 1989-05-22 | Wallac Oy | BIOSPECIFIC ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE FOR MULTIPLE ANALYTICS WHICH DO NOT INCLUDE PARTICULAR COATING AND LABELING WITH FLUORESCING LABEL SUBSTANCES |
US5194300A (en) * | 1987-07-15 | 1993-03-16 | Cheung Sau W | Methods of making fluorescent microspheres |
US5132242A (en) * | 1987-07-15 | 1992-07-21 | Cheung Sau W | Fluorescent microspheres and methods of using them |
US5807755A (en) | 1987-08-06 | 1998-09-15 | Multilyte Limited | Determination of ambient concentrations of several analytes |
US4785814A (en) * | 1987-08-11 | 1988-11-22 | Cordis Corporation | Optical probe for measuring pH and oxygen in blood and employing a composite membrane |
FR2621393B1 (en) * | 1987-10-05 | 1991-12-13 | Toledano Jacques | DEVICE FOR IMMUNOENZYMATIC DETECTION OF SUBSTANCES FROM A DROP OF BLOOD OR LIQUID FROM ANY BIOLOGICAL MEDIUM |
US4971903A (en) | 1988-03-25 | 1990-11-20 | Edward Hyman | Pyrophosphate-based method and apparatus for sequencing nucleic acids |
US5002867A (en) * | 1988-04-25 | 1991-03-26 | Macevicz Stephen C | Nucleic acid sequence determination by multiple mixed oligonucleotide probes |
NO164622C (en) | 1988-05-11 | 1990-10-24 | Tore Lindmo | BINAER IMMUNOMETRIC PARTICLE-BASED METHOD FOR MEASURING SPECIFIC SERUM ANTIGENS USING LIQUID FLOW MICROPHOTOMETRY AND A PREPARED TARGET SET UP THEREOF. |
US5252294A (en) | 1988-06-01 | 1993-10-12 | Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm Gmbh | Micromechanical structure |
JP2829005B2 (en) | 1988-11-11 | 1998-11-25 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Micro-chamber plate, cell detection method, treatment method and apparatus using the same, and cell |
US5779976A (en) * | 1988-11-03 | 1998-07-14 | Igen International, Inc. | Apparatus for improved luminescence assays |
FR2638848B1 (en) * | 1988-11-04 | 1993-01-22 | Chemunex Sa | METHOD OF DETECTION AND / OR DETERMINATION IN A LIQUID OR SEMI-LIQUID MEDIUM OF AT LEAST ONE ORGANIC, BIOLOGICAL OR MEDICINAL SUBSTANCE, BY AN AGGLUTINATION METHOD |
US5575849A (en) * | 1988-11-25 | 1996-11-19 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Apparatus for producing a substrate having a surface with a plurality of spherical dimples for photoconductive members |
US5536648A (en) * | 1988-12-09 | 1996-07-16 | Amrad Corporation Limited | Amplified DNA assay using a double stranded DNA binding protein |
EP0392546A3 (en) | 1989-04-14 | 1991-09-11 | Ro Institut Za Molekularnu Genetiku I Geneticko Inzenjerstvo | Process for determination of a complete or a partial contents of very short sequences in the samples of nucleic acids connected to the discrete particles of microscopic size by hybridization with oligonucleotide probes |
US5800992A (en) | 1989-06-07 | 1998-09-01 | Fodor; Stephen P.A. | Method of detecting nucleic acids |
US5143854A (en) * | 1989-06-07 | 1992-09-01 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of polypeptides and receptor binding screening thereof |
US5424186A (en) * | 1989-06-07 | 1995-06-13 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Very large scale immobilized polymer synthesis |
US5744101A (en) * | 1989-06-07 | 1998-04-28 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Photolabile nucleoside protecting groups |
US5302509A (en) * | 1989-08-14 | 1994-04-12 | Beckman Instruments, Inc. | Method for sequencing polynucleotides |
GB8920571D0 (en) | 1989-09-12 | 1989-10-25 | Carr Robert J G | Examination of objects of macromolecular size |
CA2044616A1 (en) | 1989-10-26 | 1991-04-27 | Roger Y. Tsien | Dna sequencing |
JP2890599B2 (en) * | 1990-02-06 | 1999-05-17 | ソニー株式会社 | Processing method |
US5189549A (en) | 1990-02-26 | 1993-02-23 | Molecular Displays, Inc. | Electrochromic, electroluminescent and electrochemiluminescent displays |
US5326692B1 (en) * | 1992-05-13 | 1996-04-30 | Molecular Probes Inc | Fluorescent microparticles with controllable enhanced stokes shift |
US5723218A (en) * | 1990-04-16 | 1998-03-03 | Molecular Probes, Inc. | Dipyrrometheneboron difluoride labeled flourescent microparticles |
US5494810A (en) * | 1990-05-03 | 1996-02-27 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Thermostable ligase-mediated DNA amplifications system for the detection of genetic disease |
US5667976A (en) * | 1990-05-11 | 1997-09-16 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Solid supports for nucleic acid hybridization assays |
WO1991019023A2 (en) | 1990-05-25 | 1991-12-12 | Savin Corporation | Electrophoretically deposited particle coatings and structures made therefrom |
US5843684A (en) * | 1990-06-27 | 1998-12-01 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Method for detecting pre-cancerous or cancerous cells using P90 antibodies or probes |
US5650489A (en) * | 1990-07-02 | 1997-07-22 | The Arizona Board Of Regents | Random bio-oligomer library, a method of synthesis thereof, and a method of use thereof |
US5281370A (en) * | 1990-08-22 | 1994-01-25 | University Of Pittsburgh Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | Method of making solid crystalline narrow band radiation filter |
EP0478319B1 (en) | 1990-09-28 | 1997-04-02 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Gene detection method |
US5700636A (en) * | 1990-10-19 | 1997-12-23 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Methods for selectively detecting microorganisms associated with vaginal infections in complex biological samples |
WO1992008808A1 (en) * | 1990-11-14 | 1992-05-29 | Siska Diagnostics, Inc. | Non-isotopic detection of nucleic acids using a polystyrene support-based sandwich hybridization assay and compositions useful therefor |
US5726064A (en) * | 1990-11-22 | 1998-03-10 | Applied Research Systems Ars Holding Nv | Method of assay having calibration within the assay |
NL9002764A (en) * | 1990-12-14 | 1992-07-01 | Tno | ELECTRODE, FITTED WITH A POLYMER COATING WITH A REDOX ENZYM BOND TO IT. |
US5105305A (en) * | 1991-01-10 | 1992-04-14 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Near-field scanning optical microscope using a fluorescent probe |
US5320814A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1994-06-14 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Fiber optic array sensors, apparatus, and methods for concurrently visualizing and chemically detecting multiple analytes of interest in a fluid sample |
US5244636A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1993-09-14 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Imaging fiber optic array sensors, apparatus, and methods for concurrently detecting multiple analytes of interest in a fluid sample |
US5250264A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1993-10-05 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Method of making imaging fiber optic sensors to concurrently detect multiple analytes of interest in a fluid sample |
US5244813A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1993-09-14 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Fiber optic sensor, apparatus, and methods for detecting an organic analyte in a fluid or vapor sample |
US5231533A (en) * | 1991-02-15 | 1993-07-27 | Japan Synthetic Rubber Co., Ltd. | Nonlinear optical element and uses thereof |
RU1794088C (en) * | 1991-03-18 | 1993-02-07 | Институт Молекулярной Биологии Ан@ Ссср | Method of dna nucleotide sequence determination and a device for its realization |
US5380489A (en) * | 1992-02-18 | 1995-01-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Element and method for nucleic acid amplification and detection using adhered probes |
US5143583A (en) | 1991-04-02 | 1992-09-01 | Marchessault Robert H | Preparation and synthesis of magnetic fibers |
ATE171543T1 (en) | 1991-07-16 | 1998-10-15 | Transmed Biotech Inc | METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR THE SIMULTANEOUS ANALYSIS OF A MULTIPLE ANALYTES |
DK0597960T3 (en) | 1991-08-10 | 1999-09-13 | Medical Res Council | Treatment of cell populations |
AU669489B2 (en) | 1991-09-18 | 1996-06-13 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Method of synthesizing diverse collections of oligomers |
US5639603A (en) * | 1991-09-18 | 1997-06-17 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Synthesizing and screening molecular diversity |
US5516635A (en) * | 1991-10-15 | 1996-05-14 | Ekins; Roger P. | Binding assay employing labelled reagent |
US6051380A (en) * | 1993-11-01 | 2000-04-18 | Nanogen, Inc. | Methods and procedures for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
US6048690A (en) * | 1991-11-07 | 2000-04-11 | Nanogen, Inc. | Methods for electronic fluorescent perturbation for analysis and electronic perturbation catalysis for synthesis |
US5632957A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 1997-05-27 | Nanogen | Molecular biological diagnostic systems including electrodes |
US5846708A (en) | 1991-11-19 | 1998-12-08 | Massachusetts Institiute Of Technology | Optical and electrical methods and apparatus for molecule detection |
IL103674A0 (en) * | 1991-11-19 | 1993-04-04 | Houston Advanced Res Center | Method and apparatus for molecule detection |
US5652059A (en) * | 1991-11-20 | 1997-07-29 | Bar Ilan University | Method for attaching microspheres to a substrate |
US5191388A (en) | 1991-12-18 | 1993-03-02 | Flow Vision, Inc. | Apparatus for detecting and analyzing particulate matter in a slurry flow |
US5677187A (en) * | 1992-01-29 | 1997-10-14 | Anderson, Ii; David K. | Tagging chemical compositions |
US5888723A (en) * | 1992-02-18 | 1999-03-30 | Johnson & Johnson Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. | Method for nucleic acid amplification and detection using adhered probes |
US5308771A (en) * | 1992-04-13 | 1994-05-03 | Geo-Centers, Inc. | Chemical sensors |
EP0565999A2 (en) * | 1992-04-16 | 1993-10-20 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Optical coupling device for two groups of waveguides |
GB9208733D0 (en) | 1992-04-22 | 1992-06-10 | Medical Res Council | Dna sequencing method |
US5498392A (en) * | 1992-05-01 | 1996-03-12 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method |
US5587128A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-12-24 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification devices |
GB9210176D0 (en) | 1992-05-12 | 1992-06-24 | Cemu Bioteknik Ab | Chemical method |
GB9210168D0 (en) | 1992-05-12 | 1992-06-24 | Cemu Bioteknik Ab | Method of sequencing dna |
HU9201687D0 (en) | 1992-05-21 | 1992-08-28 | Arpad Furka | Preparation of sets from peptid mixtures with polycomponents and their use for the identification of biologically active peptides |
JP3099513B2 (en) | 1992-05-21 | 2000-10-16 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Biochemical reactor using microchamber |
WO1993025563A1 (en) | 1992-06-17 | 1993-12-23 | City Of Hope | A method of detecting and discriminating between nucleic acid sequences |
WO1994001774A1 (en) * | 1992-07-02 | 1994-01-20 | Erkki Soini | Biospecific multiparameter assay method |
EP0653066B1 (en) * | 1992-07-31 | 1998-01-28 | BEHRINGWERKE Aktiengesellschaft | Photoactivatable chemiluminescent matrices |
DE69333502T2 (en) | 1992-09-14 | 2005-04-14 | Sri International, Menlo Park | Up-converting reporter molecule for biological and other testing using laser excitation techniques |
US5674698A (en) | 1992-09-14 | 1997-10-07 | Sri International | Up-converting reporters for biological and other assays using laser excitation techniques |
US5415835A (en) * | 1992-09-16 | 1995-05-16 | University Of New Mexico | Method for fine-line interferometric lithography |
US5565324A (en) * | 1992-10-01 | 1996-10-15 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags |
US5956452A (en) | 1992-10-19 | 1999-09-21 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Still picture recording and reproducing apparatus which properly performs recording and reproducing a plurality of different recording formats |
US5298741A (en) * | 1993-01-13 | 1994-03-29 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Thin film fiber optic sensor array and apparatus for concurrent viewing and chemical sensing of a sample |
CA2102884A1 (en) * | 1993-03-04 | 1994-09-05 | James J. Wynne | Dental procedures and apparatus using ultraviolet radiation |
DK0705279T3 (en) | 1993-05-27 | 2003-06-10 | Selectide Corp | Topologically separate, solid-phase coding libraries |
US20020197456A1 (en) * | 1993-06-30 | 2002-12-26 | Pope Edward J. A. | Integrated electro-luminescent biochip |
IT1265878B1 (en) | 1993-07-06 | 1996-12-12 | Consiglio Nazionale Ricerche | METHOD FOR THE IMMOBILIZATION OF GLASS SUPPORTS AT THE END OF PLASTIC OR GLASS FIBER OPTICS FOR THE REALIZATION OF SENSORS |
JP3302458B2 (en) * | 1993-08-31 | 2002-07-15 | 富士通株式会社 | Integrated optical device and manufacturing method |
US5965452A (en) | 1996-07-09 | 1999-10-12 | Nanogen, Inc. | Multiplexed active biologic array |
JPH09508353A (en) | 1993-11-02 | 1997-08-26 | アフィマックス テクノロジーズ ナムローゼ フェンノートシャップ | Synthesis and screening of molecular diversity |
AU8102694A (en) * | 1993-11-17 | 1995-06-06 | Id Biomedical Corporation | Cycling probe cleavage detection of nucleic acid sequences |
US5494798A (en) * | 1993-12-09 | 1996-02-27 | Gerdt; David W. | Fiber optic evanscent wave sensor for immunoassay |
GB9326379D0 (en) * | 1993-12-23 | 1994-02-23 | Sinvent As | Method of assay |
GB9326450D0 (en) | 1993-12-24 | 1994-02-23 | Multilyte Ltd | Binding assay |
US5496997A (en) * | 1994-01-03 | 1996-03-05 | Pope; Edward J. A. | Sensor incorporating an optical fiber and a solid porous inorganic microsphere |
CA2182517C (en) * | 1994-02-07 | 2001-08-21 | Theo Nikiforov | Ligase/polymerase-mediated primer extension of single nucleotide polymorphisms and its use in genetic analysis |
US5856083A (en) * | 1994-05-06 | 1999-01-05 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Lawn assay for compounds that affect enzyme activity or bind to target molecules |
AU2990595A (en) | 1994-07-26 | 1996-02-22 | Sydney Brenner | Multidimensional conduit combinatorial library synthesis device |
US6001229A (en) | 1994-08-01 | 1999-12-14 | Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for performing microfluidic manipulations for chemical analysis |
US5512490A (en) * | 1994-08-11 | 1996-04-30 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Optical sensor, optical sensing apparatus, and methods for detecting an analyte of interest using spectral recognition patterns |
US5846719A (en) * | 1994-10-13 | 1998-12-08 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotide tags for sorting and identification |
US5695934A (en) * | 1994-10-13 | 1997-12-09 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Massively parallel sequencing of sorted polynucleotides |
US5604097A (en) * | 1994-10-13 | 1997-02-18 | Spectragen, Inc. | Methods for sorting polynucleotides using oligonucleotide tags |
US6406848B1 (en) | 1997-05-23 | 2002-06-18 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Planar arrays of microparticle-bound polynucleotides |
EP0787288B1 (en) | 1994-10-20 | 2009-03-04 | Packard Instrument Company, Inc. | Improved imaging method and apparatus |
US5556752A (en) | 1994-10-24 | 1996-09-17 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Surface-bound, unimolecular, double-stranded DNA |
WO1996012962A1 (en) | 1994-10-21 | 1996-05-02 | Biocircuits Corporation | Particle diffraction assay |
US5585069A (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1996-12-17 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Partitioned microelectronic and fluidic device array for clinical diagnostics and chemical synthesis |
GB9501221D0 (en) | 1995-01-21 | 1995-03-15 | Carnaudmetalbox Technology Plc | Continuity tester and method |
US5834590A (en) | 1995-02-22 | 1998-11-10 | Eastern Virginia Medical School Of The Medical College Of Hampton Roads | Ingap protein involved in pancreatic islet neogenesis |
CN1661115A (en) | 1995-03-10 | 2005-08-31 | 梅索磅秤技术有限公司 | Multi-array, multi-specific electrochemiluminescence testing |
US5961923A (en) * | 1995-04-25 | 1999-10-05 | Irori | Matrices with memories and uses thereof |
ATE215993T1 (en) * | 1995-05-19 | 2002-04-15 | Abbott Lab | DETECTION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS WITH WIDE DYNAMIC RANGE USING AGGREGATE PRIMER SERIES |
US5545531A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1996-08-13 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for making a device for concurrently processing multiple biological chip assays |
US6579722B1 (en) * | 1995-07-10 | 2003-06-17 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Chemiluminescence chemical detection of vapors and device therefor |
US6200737B1 (en) * | 1995-08-24 | 2001-03-13 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Photodeposition method for fabricating a three-dimensional, patterned polymer microstructure |
US5633724A (en) * | 1995-08-29 | 1997-05-27 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Evanescent scanning of biochemical array |
US5858534A (en) * | 1995-09-05 | 1999-01-12 | Solid Phase Sciences Corp. | Method of making and using derivatized paramagnetic polymer beads |
US5656241A (en) * | 1995-09-07 | 1997-08-12 | Optical Sensors Incorporated | Method for manufacturing fiber optic sensors |
EP0852004B1 (en) | 1995-10-11 | 2011-01-19 | Luminex Corporation | Multiplexed analysis of clinical specimens |
GB9521159D0 (en) | 1995-10-16 | 1995-12-20 | Brint Norman T | A weapon |
US5633972A (en) * | 1995-11-29 | 1997-05-27 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Superresolution imaging fiber for subwavelength light energy generation and near-field optical microscopy |
US5814524A (en) * | 1995-12-14 | 1998-09-29 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Optical sensor apparatus for far-field viewing and making optical analytical measurements at remote locations |
US5766963A (en) | 1996-01-26 | 1998-06-16 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Combination hydroxypropylamine library |
EP1958955B1 (en) | 1996-02-09 | 2013-09-04 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Spatially addressable oligonucleotide arrays and method of making the same |
US5747349A (en) * | 1996-03-20 | 1998-05-05 | University Of Washington | Fluorescent reporter beads for fluid analysis |
US5846595A (en) * | 1996-04-09 | 1998-12-08 | Sarnoff Corporation | Method of making pharmaceutical using electrostatic chuck |
US5840256A (en) * | 1996-04-09 | 1998-11-24 | David Sarnoff Research Center Inc. | Plate for reaction system |
US6074609A (en) | 1996-04-24 | 2000-06-13 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Systems for arraying beads |
EP0907889B1 (en) | 1996-04-25 | 2007-07-04 | BioArray Solutions Ltd. | Light-controlled electrokinetic assembly of particles near surfaces |
US5900949A (en) | 1996-05-23 | 1999-05-04 | Hewlett-Packard Company | CCD imager for confocal scanning microscopy |
CA2255774C (en) * | 1996-05-29 | 2008-03-18 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Detection of nucleic acid sequence differences using coupled ligase detection and polymerase chain reactions |
US5989835A (en) | 1997-02-27 | 1999-11-23 | Cellomics, Inc. | System for cell-based screening |
JP3878677B2 (en) | 1996-08-01 | 2007-02-07 | ロックタイト(アイルランド)リミテッド | Method for forming a single layer of particles and product formed thereby |
US5854684A (en) * | 1996-09-26 | 1998-12-29 | Sarnoff Corporation | Massively parallel detection |
GB9620209D0 (en) | 1996-09-27 | 1996-11-13 | Cemu Bioteknik Ab | Method of sequencing DNA |
IL129570A0 (en) | 1996-10-25 | 2000-02-29 | Procter & Gamble | Conditioning shampoo compositions containing emulsion polymerized polymers |
US6133436A (en) | 1996-11-06 | 2000-10-17 | Sequenom, Inc. | Beads bound to a solid support and to nucleic acids |
US5900481A (en) * | 1996-11-06 | 1999-05-04 | Sequenom, Inc. | Bead linkers for immobilizing nucleic acids to solid supports |
DE19647038B4 (en) * | 1996-11-14 | 2007-02-22 | Ferro Gmbh | Spherical pigments, process for their preparation and their use |
US5855753A (en) * | 1996-11-26 | 1999-01-05 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Method for electrohydrodynamically assembling patterned colloidal structures |
US5928819A (en) | 1996-12-19 | 1999-07-27 | Xerox Corporation | Methods to fabricate optical equivalents of fiber optic face plates using reactive liquid crystals and polymers |
GB9626815D0 (en) | 1996-12-23 | 1997-02-12 | Cemu Bioteknik Ab | Method of sequencing DNA |
WO1998029736A1 (en) * | 1996-12-31 | 1998-07-09 | Genometrix Incorporated | Multiplexed molecular analysis apparatus and method |
US5939021A (en) | 1997-01-23 | 1999-08-17 | Hansen; W. Peter | Homogeneous binding assay |
CN1249816A (en) * | 1997-02-28 | 2000-04-05 | 伯斯坦恩实验室股份有限公司 | Labaratory in disk |
US20030027126A1 (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2003-02-06 | Walt David R. | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US7622294B2 (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2009-11-24 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
ES2271994T3 (en) * | 1997-05-02 | 2007-04-16 | Gen-Probe Incorporated | TWO-STEP HYBRIDIZATION AND CAPTURE OF A POLINUCLEOTIDE. |
US6406845B1 (en) | 1997-05-05 | 2002-06-18 | Trustees Of Tuft College | Fiber optic biosensor for selectively detecting oligonucleotide species in a mixed fluid sample |
WO1998053093A1 (en) | 1997-05-23 | 1998-11-26 | Bioarray Solutions Llc | Color-encoding and in-situ interrogation of matrix-coupled chemical compounds |
NZ516848A (en) * | 1997-06-20 | 2004-03-26 | Ciphergen Biosystems Inc | Retentate chromatography apparatus with applications in biology and medicine |
DE69838521T2 (en) | 1997-07-07 | 2008-05-21 | Medical Research Council | Method for increasing the concentration of nucleic acid molecules |
US7115884B1 (en) | 1997-10-06 | 2006-10-03 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Self-encoding fiber optic sensor |
HUP0003986A3 (en) | 1997-10-14 | 2001-04-28 | Luminex Corp Austin | Precision fluorescently dyed particles and methods of making and using same |
US5922617A (en) * | 1997-11-12 | 1999-07-13 | Functional Genetics, Inc. | Rapid screening assay methods and devices |
US6210910B1 (en) * | 1998-03-02 | 2001-04-03 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Optical fiber biosensor array comprising cell populations confined to microcavities |
AU4194899A (en) | 1998-05-21 | 1999-12-06 | Hyseq, Inc. | Linear arrays of immobilized compounds and methods of using same |
EP1090138A4 (en) | 1998-06-24 | 2003-01-02 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Nucleotide detection method |
US7060431B2 (en) * | 1998-06-24 | 2006-06-13 | Illumina, Inc. | Method of making and decoding of array sensors with microspheres |
AR020329A1 (en) | 1998-07-09 | 2002-05-08 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | A SUBSTANCE, IN PARTICULAR A RIBOZIMA, IS ABLE TO INHIBIT THE PRESENILINE EXPRESSION 2, A RECOMBINATING MOLECULA OF DNA THAT CODIFY SUCH RIBOZIMA, A RECOMBINATING UNVECTOR THAT UNDERSTANDS THE CORRECTING CELL TO A RIBO BELLING ONE. |
US6908770B1 (en) | 1998-07-16 | 2005-06-21 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Fluid based analysis of multiple analytes by a sensor array |
US5998175A (en) * | 1998-07-24 | 1999-12-07 | Lumigen, Inc. | Methods of synthesizing and amplifying polynucleotides by ligation of multiple oligomers |
AU6131299A (en) | 1998-08-26 | 2000-03-21 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Combinatorial polymer synthesis of sensors for polymer-based sensor arrays |
US6429027B1 (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2002-08-06 | Illumina, Inc. | Composite arrays utilizing microspheres |
US20020090612A1 (en) | 1999-01-08 | 2002-07-11 | Jonathan M. Rothberg | Method of identifying nucleic acids |
GB9901475D0 (en) | 1999-01-22 | 1999-03-17 | Pyrosequencing Ab | A method of DNA sequencing |
EP1151302B1 (en) | 1999-02-09 | 2010-03-31 | Illumina, Inc. | Intrabead screening methods and compositions |
CA2359352C (en) | 1999-02-09 | 2004-09-21 | Illumina, Inc. | Arrays comprising a fiducial and automated information processing in randomly ordered arrays |
JP2002539849A (en) | 1999-03-26 | 2002-11-26 | ホワイトヘッド インスチチュート フォアー バイオメディカル リサーチ | Universal array |
US20030108867A1 (en) | 1999-04-20 | 2003-06-12 | Chee Mark S | Nucleic acid sequencing using microsphere arrays |
AU4476900A (en) | 1999-04-20 | 2000-11-02 | Illumina, Inc. | Detection of nucleic acid reactions on bead arrays |
US6355431B1 (en) * | 1999-04-20 | 2002-03-12 | Illumina, Inc. | Detection of nucleic acid amplification reactions using bead arrays |
CA2374390A1 (en) | 1999-05-20 | 2000-12-14 | Illumina, Inc. | Combinatorial decoding of random nucleic acid arrays |
ATE338273T1 (en) | 1999-05-20 | 2006-09-15 | Illumina Inc | DEVICE FOR HOLDING AND PRESENTING AT LEAST ONE MICRO SPHERE MATRIX FOR SOLUTIONS AND/OR OPTICAL IMAGING SYSTEMS |
US6544732B1 (en) * | 1999-05-20 | 2003-04-08 | Illumina, Inc. | Encoding and decoding of array sensors utilizing nanocrystals |
US20020051971A1 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2002-05-02 | John R. Stuelpnagel | Use of microfluidic systems in the detection of target analytes using microsphere arrays |
DK1218542T3 (en) * | 1999-09-13 | 2004-08-02 | Nugen Technologies Inc | Methods and compositions for linear isothermal amplification of polynucleotide sequences |
US6274320B1 (en) | 1999-09-16 | 2001-08-14 | Curagen Corporation | Method of sequencing a nucleic acid |
GB9929381D0 (en) | 1999-12-10 | 2000-02-09 | Pyrosequencing Ab | A method of assessing the amount of nucleic acid in a sample |
US20030045005A1 (en) | 2000-10-17 | 2003-03-06 | Michael Seul | Light-controlled electrokinetic assembly of particles near surfaces |
DE10054382A1 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2002-05-08 | Attomol Gmbh Molekulare Diagno | Method and test kit for the detection of analytes in a sample |
US7262063B2 (en) * | 2001-06-21 | 2007-08-28 | Bio Array Solutions, Ltd. | Directed assembly of functional heterostructures |
US20030096268A1 (en) * | 2001-07-06 | 2003-05-22 | Michael Weiner | Method for isolation of independent, parallel chemical micro-reactions using a porous filter |
US7427497B2 (en) * | 2001-11-01 | 2008-09-23 | Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute | In vitro metabolic engineering on microscale devices |
GB0127564D0 (en) * | 2001-11-16 | 2002-01-09 | Medical Res Council | Emulsion compositions |
DE602004036672C5 (en) * | 2003-01-29 | 2012-11-29 | 454 Life Sciences Corporation | Nucleic acid amplification based on bead emulsion |
JP5317030B2 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2013-10-16 | 国立大学法人東京農工大学 | Regenerated silk material and method for producing the same |
US8236574B2 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2012-08-07 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles using beads or other capture objects |
-
2004
- 2004-08-17 US US10/920,637 patent/US7622294B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2008
- 2008-11-05 US US12/265,697 patent/US20090149341A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2009
- 2009-02-13 US US12/371,470 patent/US20090170728A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-02-13 US US12/371,449 patent/US20090156425A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2011
- 2011-05-16 US US13/108,713 patent/US9377388B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2017
- 2017-03-13 US US15/457,728 patent/US20170184578A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2017-03-13 US US15/457,672 patent/US20170184484A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2017-12-22 US US15/853,022 patent/US10241026B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5690894A (en) * | 1995-05-23 | 1997-11-25 | The Regents Of The University Of California | High density array fabrication and readout method for a fiber optic biosensor |
US6023540A (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2000-02-08 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres |
US6266459B1 (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2001-07-24 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres |
US6327410B1 (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2001-12-04 | The Trustees Of Tufts College | Target analyte sensors utilizing Microspheres |
US6859570B2 (en) * | 1997-03-14 | 2005-02-22 | Trustees Of Tufts College, Tufts University | Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres |
Cited By (41)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11237171B2 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2022-02-01 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods and arrays for target analyte detection and determination of target analyte concentration in solution |
US9395359B2 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2016-07-19 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods and arrays for target analyte detection and determination of target analyte concentration in solution |
US10261089B2 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2019-04-16 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods and arrays for target analyte detection and determination of target analyte concentration in solution |
US11874279B2 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2024-01-16 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods and arrays for target analyte detection and determination of target analyte concentration in solution |
US9809838B2 (en) | 2007-08-30 | 2017-11-07 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods for determining the concentration of an analyte in solution |
US8222047B2 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2012-07-17 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules on single molecule arrays |
US20100075407A1 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2010-03-25 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules on single molecule arrays |
US8846415B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2014-09-30 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules on single molecule arrays |
US11795503B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2023-10-24 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods of bead manipulation and forming bead arrays |
US10351907B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2019-07-16 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods of bead manipulation and forming bead arrays |
US20110136677A1 (en) * | 2009-08-31 | 2011-06-09 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods of bead manipulation and forming bead arrays |
US20110124111A1 (en) * | 2009-08-31 | 2011-05-26 | Life Technologies Corporation | Low-volume sequencing system and method of use |
US8536099B2 (en) * | 2009-08-31 | 2013-09-17 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods of bead manipulation and forming bead arrays |
US8889596B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2014-11-18 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods of bead manipulation and forming bead arrays |
US9678068B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2017-06-13 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules using dual detection methods |
US9110025B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2015-08-18 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods and systems for extending dynamic range in assays for the detection of molecules or particles |
US9310360B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2016-04-12 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles using beads or other capture objects |
US12019072B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2024-06-25 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods and systems for extending dynamic range in assays for the detection of molecules or particles |
US9482662B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2016-11-01 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles using beads or other capture objects |
US9551663B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2017-01-24 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods and systems for extending dynamic range in assays for the detection of molecules or particles |
US20110212537A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-01 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods and systems for extending dynamic range in assays for the detection of molecules or particles |
US10725032B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2020-07-28 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles using beads or other capture objects |
US20110212848A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-01 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles using beads or other capture objects |
US9846155B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2017-12-19 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods and systems for extending dynamic range in assays for the detection of molecules or particles |
US11619631B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2023-04-04 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles using beads or other capture objects |
US20110212462A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-01 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules using dual detection methods |
US8415171B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2013-04-09 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods and systems for extending dynamic range in assays for the detection of molecules or particles |
US8236574B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2012-08-07 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles using beads or other capture objects |
US10989713B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2021-04-27 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods and systems for extending dynamic range in assays for the detection of molecules or particles |
US9727032B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2017-08-08 | Life Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for run-time sequencing run quality monitoring |
US11135699B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2021-10-05 | Life Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for run-time sequencing run quality monitoring |
US11112415B2 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2021-09-07 | Quanterix Corporation | Systems, devices, and methods for ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles |
US9952237B2 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2018-04-24 | Quanterix Corporation | Systems, devices, and methods for ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles |
US11977087B2 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2024-05-07 | Quanterix Corporation | Systems, devices, and methods for ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles |
WO2013109292A1 (en) * | 2011-02-16 | 2013-07-25 | The University Of Akron | A highly selective pyrophosphate sensor |
US9023600B2 (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2015-05-05 | The University Of Akron | Highly selective pyrophosphate sensor |
US10393759B2 (en) | 2011-04-12 | 2019-08-27 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods of determining a treatment protocol for and/or a prognosis of a patient's recovery from a brain injury |
US11275092B2 (en) | 2011-04-12 | 2022-03-15 | Quanterix Corporation | Methods of determining a treatment protocol for and/or a prognosis of a patient's recovery from a brain injury |
US20130244894A1 (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2013-09-19 | Authentiform Technologies, Llc | Nucleic acid-based authentication codes |
US10640814B2 (en) | 2013-01-15 | 2020-05-05 | Quanterix Corporation | Detection of DNA or RNA using single molecule arrays and other techniques |
US9932626B2 (en) | 2013-01-15 | 2018-04-03 | Quanterix Corporation | Detection of DNA or RNA using single molecule arrays and other techniques |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US7622294B2 (en) | 2009-11-24 |
US20050130188A1 (en) | 2005-06-16 |
US20180217048A1 (en) | 2018-08-02 |
US20170184578A1 (en) | 2017-06-29 |
US20110251105A1 (en) | 2011-10-13 |
US10241026B2 (en) | 2019-03-26 |
US20090170728A1 (en) | 2009-07-02 |
US20170184484A1 (en) | 2017-06-29 |
US9377388B2 (en) | 2016-06-28 |
US20090156425A1 (en) | 2009-06-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10107804B2 (en) | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions | |
US10241026B2 (en) | Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres | |
US6859570B2 (en) | Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres | |
US9157113B2 (en) | Self-encoding sensor with microspheres | |
US6429027B1 (en) | Composite arrays utilizing microspheres | |
US20020150909A1 (en) | Automated information processing in randomly ordered arrays | |
WO2000047996A2 (en) | Arrays comprising a fiducial and automated information processing in randomly ordered arrays | |
EP1379995A2 (en) | Automated information processing in randomly ordered arrays | |
AU2005200653A8 (en) | Self-encoding sensor with microspheres |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: TRUSTEE OF TUFTS COLLEGE, MASSACHUSETTS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WALT, DAVID R.;MICHAEL-BALLARD, KARRI LYNNA;REEL/FRAME:021923/0851;SIGNING DATES FROM 20050216 TO 20050218 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: TRUSTEES OF TUFTS COLLEGE, MASSACHUSETTS Free format text: RE-RECORD TO CORRECT THE NAME OF THE SECOND ASSIGNOR AND TO CORRECT THE NAME OF THE ASSIGNEE, PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 021923 FRAME 0851.;ASSIGNORS:WALT, DAVID R.;MICHAEL-BALLARD, KARRI LYNN;REEL/FRAME:022279/0855;SIGNING DATES FROM 20050216 TO 20050218 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |